|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
18 |
Lesson Plans: |
4 |
Classroom Resources: |
14 |
|
1 ) Investigate the resulting motion of objects when forces of different strengths and directions act upon them (e.g., object being pushed, object being pulled, two objects colliding).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
7 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
2 ) Use observations and data from investigations to determine if a design solution (e.g., designing a ramp to increase the speed of an object in order to move a stationary object) solves the problem of using force to change the speed or direction of an object.*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
13 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
9 |
|
3 ) Distinguish between living and nonliving things and verify what living things need to survive (e.g., animals needing food, water, and air; plants needing nutrients, water, sunlight, and air).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
4 ) Gather evidence to support how plants and animals provide for their needs by altering their environment (e.g., tree roots breaking a sidewalk to provide space, red fox burrowing to create a den to raise young, humans growing gardens for food and building roads for transportation).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
6 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
5 ) Construct a model of a natural habitat (e.g., terrarium, ant farm, diorama) conducive to meeting the needs of plants and animals native to Alabama.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
16 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
4 |
Classroom Resources: |
10 |
Unit Plans: |
1 |
|
6 ) Identify and plan possible solutions (e.g., reducing, reusing, recycling) to lessen the human impact on the local environment.*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
6 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
7 ) Observe and describe the effects of sunlight on Earth's surface (e.g., heat from the sun causing evaporation of water or increased temperature of soil, rocks, sand, and water).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
4 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
8 ) Design and construct a device (e.g., hat, canopy, umbrella, tent) to reduce the effects of sunlight.*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
11 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
9 |
|
9 ) Observe, record, and share findings of local weather patterns over a period of time (e.g., increase in daily temperature from morning to afternoon, typical rain and storm patterns from season to season).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): K |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
10 ) Ask questions to obtain information about the purpose of weather forecasts in planning for, preparing for, and responding to severe weather.*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 1 |
All Resources: |
10 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
6 |
|
1 ) Conduct experiments to provide evidence that vibrations of matter can create sound (e.g., striking a tuning fork, plucking a guitar string) and sound can make matter vibrate (e.g., holding a piece of paper near a sound system speaker, touching your throat while speaking).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 1 |
All Resources: |
12 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
9 |
|
2 ) Construct explanations from observations that objects can be seen only when light is available to illuminate them (e.g., moon being illuminated by the sun, colors and patterns in a kaleidoscope being illuminated when held toward a light).
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 1 |
All Resources: |
12 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
3 ) Investigate materials to determine which types allow light to pass through (e.g., transparent materials such as clear plastic wrap), allow only partial light to pass through (e.g., translucent materials such as wax paper), block light (e.g., opaque materials such as construction paper), or reflect light (e.g., shiny materials such as aluminum foil).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 1 |
All Resources: |
3 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
4 ) Design and construct a device that uses light or sound to send a communication signal over a distance (e.g., using a flashlight and a piece of cardboard to simulate a signal lamp for sending a coded message to a classmate, using a paper cup and string to simulate a telephone for talking to a classmate).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 1 |
All Resources: |
9 |
Lesson Plans: |
5 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
5 ) Design a solution to a human problem by using materials to imitate how plants and/or animals use their external parts to help them survive, grow, and meet their needs (e.g., outerwear imitating animal furs for insulation, gear mimicking tree bark or shells for protection).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 1 |
All Resources: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
6 ) Obtain information to provide evidence that parents and their offspring engage in patterns of behavior that help the offspring survive (e.g., crying of offspring indicating need for feeding, quacking or barking by parents indicating protection of young).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 1 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
7 ) Make observations to identify the similarities and differences of offspring to their parents and to other members of the same species (e.g., flowers from the same kind of plant being the same shape, but differing in size; dog being same breed as parent, but differing in fur color or pattern).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 1 |
All Resources: |
17 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
15 |
|
8 ) Observe, describe, and predict patterns of the sun, moon, and stars as they appear in the sky (e.g., sun and moon appearing to rise in one part of the sky, move across the sky, and set; stars other than our sun being visible at night, but not during the day).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 1 |
All Resources: |
6 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
9 ) Observe seasonal patterns of sunrise and sunset to describe the relationship between the number of hours of daylight and the time of year (e.g., more hours of daylight during summer as compared to winter).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
16 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
13 |
|
1 ) Conduct an investigation to describe and classify various substances
according to physical properties (e.g., milk being a liquid, not clear in color,
assuming shape of its container, mixing with water; mineral oil being a liquid,
clear in color, taking shape of its container, floating in water; a brick being
a solid, not clear in color, rough in texture, not taking the shape of its
container, sinking in water).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
11 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
2 ) Collect and evaluate data to determine appropriate uses of materials based
on their properties (e.g., strength, flexibility, hardness, texture, absorbency).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
3 ) Demonstrate and explain how structures made from small pieces (e.g.,
linking cubes, blocks, building bricks, creative construction toys) can be
disassembled and then rearranged to make new and different structures.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
12 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
10 |
|
4 ) Provide evidence that some changes in matter caused by heating or cooling
can be reversed (e.g., heating or freezing of water) and some changes are irreversible (e.g., baking a cake, boiling an egg).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
9 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
7 |
|
5 ) Plan and carry out an investigation, using one variable at a time (e.g.,
water, light, soil, air), to determine the growth needs of plants.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
7 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
6 ) Design and construct models to simulate how animals disperse seeds or
pollinate plants (e.g., animals brushing fur against seed pods and seeds falling off in other areas, birds and bees extracting nectar from flowers and transferring pollen from one plant to another).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
30 |
Learning Activities: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
5 |
Classroom Resources: |
20 |
Unit Plans: |
1 |
|
7 ) Obtain information from literature and other media to illustrate that there
are many different kinds of living things and that they exist in different places on land and in water (e.g., woodland, tundra, desert, rainforest, ocean, river).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
17 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
14 |
|
8 ) Make observations from media to obtain information about Earth's events that happen over a short period of time (e.g., tornados, volcanic explosions, earthquakes) or over a time period longer than one can observe (e.g., erosion of rocks, melting of glaciers).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
8 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
9 ) Create models to identify physical features of Earth (e.g., mountains,
valleys, plains, deserts, lakes, rivers, oceans).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
6 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
10 ) Collect and evaluate data to identify water found on Earth and determine
whether it is a solid or a liquid (e.g., glaciers as solid forms of water;
oceans, lakes, rivers, streams as liquid forms of water).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 2 |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
11 ) Examine and test solutions that address changes caused by Earth's events
(e.g., dams for minimizing flooding, plants for controlling erosion).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
11 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
7 |
|
1 ) Plan and carry out an experiment to determine the effects of balanced and
unbalanced forces on the motion of an object using one variable at a time,
including number, size, direction, speed, position, friction, or air resistance
(e.g., balanced forces pushing from both sides on an object, such as a box,
producing no motion; unbalanced force on one side of an object, such as a ball,
producing motion), and communicate these findings graphically.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
2 ) Investigate, measure, and communicate in a graphical format how an observed
pattern of motion (e.g., a child swinging in a swing, a ball rolling back and
forth in a bowl, two children teetering on a see-saw, a model vehicle rolling
down a ramp of varying heights, a pendulum swinging) can be used to predict the
future motion of an object.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
3 ) Explore objects that can be manipulated in order to determine cause-and-effect relationships (e.g., distance between objects affecting strength of a force, orientation of magnets affecting direction of a magnetic force) of electric interactions between two objects not in contact with one another (e.g., force on hair from an electrically charged balloon, electrical forces between a charged rod and pieces of paper) or magnetic interactions between two objects not in contact with one another (e.g., force between two permanent magnets or between an electromagnet and steel paperclips, force exerted by one magnet versus the force exerted by two magnets).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
6 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
4 ) Apply scientific ideas about magnets to solve a problem through an
engineering design project (e.g., constructing a latch to keep a door shut,
creating a device to keep two moving objects from touching each other such as a
maglev system).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
14 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
12 |
|
5 ) Obtain and combine information to describe that organisms are classified as
living things, rather than nonliving things, based on their ability to obtain
and use resources, grow, reproduce, and maintain stable internal conditions
while living in a constantly changing external environment.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
15 |
Learning Activities: |
4 |
Classroom Resources: |
11 |
|
6 ) Create representations to explain the unique and diverse life cycles of
organisms other than humans (e.g., flowering plants, frogs, butterflies),
including commonalities such as birth, growth, reproduction, and death.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
7 ) Examine data to provide evidence that plants and animals, excluding humans,
have traits inherited from parents and that variations of these traits exist in
groups of similar organisms (e.g., flower colors in pea plants, fur color and
pattern in animal offspring).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
2 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
8 ) Engage in argument from evidence to justify that traits can be influenced
by the environment (e.g., stunted growth in normally tall plants due to insufficient water, change in an arctic fox's fur color due to light and/or temperature, stunted growth of a normally large animal due to malnourishment).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
9 ) Analyze and interpret data from fossils (e.g., type, size, distribution) to
provide evidence of organisms and the environments in which they lived long ago
(e.g., marine fossils on dry land, tropical plant fossils in arctic areas,
fossils of extinct organisms in any environment).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
5 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
10 ) Investigate how variations in characteristics among individuals of the
same species may provide advantages in surviving, finding mates, and reproducing
(e.g., plants having larger thorns being less likely to be eaten by predators,
animals having better camouflage coloration being more likely to survive and
bear offspring).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
17 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
14 |
|
11 ) Construct an argument from evidence to explain the likelihood of an
organism's ability to survive when compared to the resources in a certain
habitat (e.g., freshwater organisms survive well, less well, or not at all in
saltwater; desert organisms survive well, less well, or not at all in
woodlands).
a. Construct explanations that forming groups helps some organisms survive.
b. Create models that illustrate how organisms and their habitats make up a
system in which the parts depend on each other.
c. Categorize resources in various habitats as basic materials (e.g.,
sunlight, air, freshwater, soil), produced materials (e.g., food, fuel, shelter), or as nonmaterial (e.g., safety, instinct, nature-learned behaviors).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
12 ) Evaluate engineered solutions to a problem created by environmental
changes and any resulting impacts on the types and density of plant and animal
populations living in the environment (e.g., replanting of sea oats in coastal areas due to destruction by hurricanes, creating property development restrictions in vacation areas to reduce displacement and loss of native animal
populations).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
11 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
10 |
|
13 ) Display data graphically and in tables to describe typical weather
conditions expected during a particular season (e.g., average temperature,
precipitation, wind direction).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
6 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
Unit Plans: |
1 |
|
14 ) Collect information from a variety of sources to describe climates in
different regions of the world.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 3 |
All Resources: |
8 |
Lesson Plans: |
4 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
Unit Plans: |
2 |
|
15 ) Evaluate a design solution (e.g., flood barriers, wind resistant roofs,
lightning rods) that reduces the impact of a weather-related hazard.*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
1 ) Use evidence to explain the relationship of the speed of an object to the
energy of that object.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
23 |
Learning Activities: |
5 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
16 |
|
2 ) Plan and carry out investigations that explain transference of energy from
place to place by sound, light, heat, and electric currents.
a. Provide evidence that heat can be produced in many ways (e.g., rubbing
hands together, burning leaves) and can move from one object to another by conduction.
b. Demonstrate that different objects can absorb, reflect, and/or conduct
energy.
c. Demonstrate that electric circuits require a complete loop through which
an electric current can pass.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
3 ) Investigate to determine changes in energy resulting from increases or
decreases in speed that occur when objects collide.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
13 |
Lesson Plans: |
5 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
4 ) Design, construct, and test a device that changes energy from one form to
another (e.g., electric circuits converting electrical energy into motion,
light, or sound energy; a passive solar heater converting light energy into heat
energy).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
12 |
Classroom Resources: |
12 |
|
5 ) Compile information to describe how the use of energy derived from natural
renewable and nonrenewable resources affects the environment (e.g., constructing
dams to harness energy from water, a renewable resource, while causing a loss of
animal habitats; burning of fossil fuels, a nonrenewable resource, while causing
an increase in air pollution; installing solar panels to harness energy from the
sun, a renewable resource, while requiring specialized materials that
necessitate mining).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
15 |
Learning Activities: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
6 ) Develop a model of waves to describe patterns in terms of amplitude and
wavelength, and including that waves can cause objects to move.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
7 ) Develop and use models to show multiple solutions in which patterns are
used to transfer information (e.g., using a grid of 1s and 0s representing black
and white to send information about a picture, using drums to send coded
information through sound waves, using Morse code to send a message).*
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
9 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
6 |
|
8 ) Construct a model to explain that an object can be seen when light
reflected from its surface enters the eyes.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
27 |
Learning Activities: |
5 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
19 |
|
9 ) Examine evidence to support an argument that the internal and external
structures of plants (e.g., thorns, leaves, stems, roots, colored petals, xylem,
phloem) and animals (e.g., heart, stomach, lung, brain, skin) function to
support survival, growth, behavior, and reproduction.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
18 |
Learning Activities: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
13 |
|
10 ) Obtain and communicate information explaining that humans have systems
that interact with one another for digestion, respiration, circulation,
excretion, movement, control, coordination, and protection from disease.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
22 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
18 |
|
11 ) Investigate different ways animals receive information through the senses,
process that information, and respond to it in different ways (e.g., skunks
lifting tails and spraying an odor when threatened, dogs moving ears when
reacting to sound, snakes coiling or striking when sensing vibrations).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
12 ) Construct explanations by citing evidence found in patterns of rock
formations and fossils in rock layers that Earth changes over time through both
slow and rapid processes (e.g., rock layers containing shell fossils appearing
above rock layers containing plant fossils and no shells indicating a change
from land to water over time, a canyon with different rock layers in the walls
and a river in the bottom indicating that over time a river cut through the
rock).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
6 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
13 ) Plan and carry out investigations to examine properties of soils and soil
types (e.g., color, texture, capacity to retain water, ability to support growth
of plants).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
8 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
6 |
|
14 ) Explore information to support the claim that landforms are the result of
a combination of constructive forces, including crustal deformation, volcanic
eruptions, and sediment deposition as well as a result of destructive forces,
including erosion and weathering.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
15 ) Analyze and interpret data (e.g., angle of slope in downhill movement of
water, volume of water flow, cycles of freezing and thawing of water, cycles of
heating and cooling of water, speed of wind, relative rate of soil deposition,
amount of vegetation) to determine effects of weathering and rate of erosion by
water, ice, wind, and vegetation using one single form of weathering or erosion
at a time.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
16 ) Describe patterns of Earth's features on land and in the ocean using data
from maps (e.g., topographic maps of Earth's land and ocean floor; maps of
locations of mountains, continental boundaries, volcanoes, and earthquakes).
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 4 |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
17 ) Formulate and evaluate solutions to limit the effects of natural Earth
processes on humans (e.g., designing earthquake, tornado, or hurricane-resistant
buildings; improving monitoring of volcanic activity).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
9 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
1 ) Plan and carry out investigations (e.g., adding air to expand a basketball,
compressing air in a syringe, dissolving sugar in water, evaporating salt water)
to provide evidence that matter is made of particles too small to be seen.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
10 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
9 |
|
2 ) Investigate matter to provide mathematical evidence, including graphs, to
show that regardless of the type of reaction (e.g., new substance forming due to
dissolving or mixing) or change (e.g., phase change) that occurs when heating,
cooling, or mixing substances, the total weight of the matter is conserved.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
13 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
12 |
|
3 ) Examine matter through observations and measurements to identify materials
(e.g., powders, metals, minerals, liquids) based on their properties (e.g.,
color, hardness, reflectivity, electrical conductivity, thermal conductivity,
response to magnetic forces, solubility, density).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
10 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
9 |
|
4 ) Investigate whether the mixing of two or more substances results in new
substances (e.g., mixing of baking soda and vinegar resulting in the formation
of a new substance, gas; mixing of sand and water resulting in no new substance
being formed).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
8 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
5 ) Construct explanations from observations to determine how the density of an
object affects whether the object sinks or floats when placed in a liquid.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
3 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
6 ) Construct an explanation from evidence to illustrate that the gravitational
force exerted by Earth on objects is directed downward towards the center of
Earth.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
5 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
7 ) Design and conduct a test to modify the speed of a falling object due to
gravity (e.g., constructing a parachute to keep an attached object from
breaking).*
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
8 ) Defend the position that plants obtain materials needed for growth
primarily from air and water.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
5 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
9 ) Construct an illustration to explain how plants use light energy to convert
carbon dioxide and water into a storable fuel, carbohydrates, and a waste
product, oxygen, during the process of photosynthesis.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
10 ) Construct and interpret models (e.g., diagrams, flow charts) to explain
that energy in animals' food is used for body repair, growth, motion, and
maintenance of body warmth and was once energy from the sun.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
11 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
Unit Plans: |
1 |
|
11 ) Create a model to illustrate the transfer of matter among producers;
consumers, including scavengers and decomposers; and the environment.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
12 ) Defend the claim that one factor determining the apparent brightness of
the sun compared to other stars is the relative distance from Earth.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
13 ) Analyze data and represent with graphs to reveal patterns of daily changes
in length and direction of shadows, day and night, and the seasonal appearance
of some stars in the night sky (e.g., shadows and the position and motion of Earth with respect to the sun, visibility of select stars only in particular months).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
13 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
10 |
|
14 ) Use a model to represent how any two systems, specifically the atmosphere,
biosphere, geosphere, and/or hydrosphere, interact and support life (e.g.,
influence of the ocean on ecosystems, landform shape, and climate; influence of
the atmosphere on landforms and ecosystems through weather and climate;
influence of mountain ranges on winds and clouds in the atmosphere).
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
7 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
15 ) Identify the distribution of freshwater and salt water on Earth (e.g.,
oceans, lakes, rivers, glaciers, ground water, polar ice caps) and construct a
graphical representation depicting the amounts and percentages found in
different reservoirs.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
12 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
10 |
|
16 ) Collect and organize scientific ideas that individuals and communities can
use to protect Earth's natural resources and its environment (e.g., terracing
land to prevent soil erosion, utilizing no-till farming to improve soil
fertility, regulating emissions from factories and automobiles to reduce air
pollution, recycling to reduce overuse of landfill areas).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 5 |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
17 ) Design solutions, test, and revise a process for cleaning a polluted
environment (e.g., simulating an oil spill in the ocean or a flood in a city and
creating a solution for containment and/or cleanup).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
19 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
16 |
|
1 ) Create and manipulate models (e.g., physical, graphical, conceptual) to
explain the occurrences of day/night cycles, length of year, seasons, tides,
eclipses, and lunar phases based on patterns of the observed motions of
celestial bodies.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
7 |
Classroom Resources: |
7 |
|
2 ) Construct models and use simulations (e.g., diagrams of the relationship between Earth and man-made satellites, rocket launch, International Space Station, elliptical orbits, black holes, life cycles of stars, orbital periods of objects within the solar system, astronomical units and light years) to explain the role of gravity in affecting the motions of celestial bodies bodies (e.g., planets,
moons, comets, asteroids, meteors) within galaxies and the solar system.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
7 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
3 ) Develop and use models to determine scale properties of objects in the
solar system (e.g., scale model representing sizes and distances of the sun,
Earth, moon system based on a one-meter diameter sun).
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
4 ) Construct explanations from geologic evidence (e.g., change or extinction
of particular living organisms; field evidence or representations, including
models of geologic cross-sections; sedimentary layering) to identify patterns of
Earth's major historical events (e.g., formation of mountain chains and ocean
basins, significant volcanic eruptions, fossilization, folding, faulting,
igneous intrusion, erosion).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
5 ) Use evidence to explain how different geologic processes shape Earth's
history over widely varying scales of space and time (e.g., chemical and
physical erosion; tectonic plate processes; volcanic eruptions; meteor impacts;
regional geographical features, including Alabama fault lines, Rickwood Caverns,
and Wetumpka Impact Crater).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
6 ) Provide evidence from data of the distribution of fossils and rocks,
continental shapes, and seafloor structures to explain past plate motions.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
20 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
16 |
|
7 ) Use models to construct explanations of the various biogeochemical cycles
of Earth (e.g., water, carbon, nitrogen) and the flow of energy that drives
these processes.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
8 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
7 |
|
8 ) Plan and carry out investigations that demonstrate the chemical and physical processes that form rocks and cycle Earth's materials (e.g., processes of crystallization, heating and cooling, weathering, deformation, and sedimentation).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
9 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
7 |
|
9 ) Use models to explain how the flow of Earth's internal energy drives a
cycling of matter between Earth's surface and deep interior causing plate
movements (e.g., mid-ocean ridges, ocean trenches, volcanoes, earthquakes,
mountains, rift valleys, volcanic islands).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
5 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
10 ) Use research-based evidence to propose a scientific explanation regarding
how the distribution of Earth's resources such as minerals, fossil fuels, and
groundwater are the result of ongoing geoscience processes (e.g., past volcanic
and hydrothermal activity, burial of organic sediments, active weathering of
rock).
Unpacked Content
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
11 ) Develop and use models of Earth's interior composition to illustrate the
resulting magnetic field (e.g., magnetic poles) and to explain its measureable
effects (e.g., protection from cosmic radiation).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
10 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
12 ) Integrate qualitative scientific and technical information (e.g., weather
maps; diagrams; other visualizations, including radar and computer simulations)
to support the claim that motions and complex interactions of air masses result
in changes in weather conditions.
a. Use various instruments (e.g., thermometers, barometers, anemometers,
wet bulbs) to monitor local weather and examine weather patterns to predict
various weather events, especially the impact of severe weather (e.g., fronts,
hurricanes, tornados, blizzards, ice storms, droughts).
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
7 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
13 ) Use models (e.g., diagrams, maps, globes, digital representations) to
explain how the rotation of Earth and unequal heating of its surface create
patterns of atmospheric and oceanic circulation that determine regional
climates.
a. Use experiments to investigate how energy from the sun is distributed between Earth's surface and its atmosphere by convection and radiation (e.g., warmer water in a pan rising as cooler water sinks, warming one's hands by a campfire).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
8 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
14 ) Analyze and interpret data (e.g., tables, graphs, maps of global and
regional temperatures; atmospheric levels of gases such as carbon dioxide and
methane; rates of human activities) to describe how various human activities
(e.g., use of fossil fuels, creation of urban heat islands, agricultural
practices) and natural processes (e.g., solar radiation, greenhouse effect,
volcanic activity) may cause changes in local and global temperatures over time.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
6 |
Lesson Plans: |
4 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
15 ) Analyze evidence (e.g., databases on human populations, rates of
consumption of food and other natural resources) to explain how changes in human
population, per capita consumption of natural resources, and other human
activities (e.g., land use, resource development, water and air pollution,
urbanization) affect Earth's systems.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 6 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
13 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
11 |
|
16 ) Implement scientific principles to design processes for monitoring and minimizing human impact on the environment (e.g., water usage, including withdrawal of water from streams and aquifers or construction of dams and levees; land usage, including urban development, agriculture, or removal of wetlands; pollution of air, water, and land).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
1 ) Engage in argument from evidence to support claims of the cell theory.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
7 |
Learning Activities: |
3 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
2 ) Gather and synthesize information to explain how prokaryotic and eukaryotic
cells differ in structure and function, including the methods of asexual and
sexual reproduction.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
5 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
3 ) Construct an explanation of the function (e.g., mitochondria releasing
energy during cellular respiration) of specific cell structures (i.e., nucleus,
cell membrane, cell wall, ribosomes, mitochondria, chloroplasts, and vacuoles)
for maintaining a stable environment.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
6 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
4 ) Construct models and representations of organ systems (e.g., circulatory,
digestive, respiratory, muscular, skeletal, nervous) to demonstrate how multiple
interacting organs and systems work together to accomplish specific functions.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
8 |
Lesson Plans: |
4 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
5 ) Examine the cycling of matter between abiotic and biotic parts of
ecosystems to explain the flow of energy and the conservation of matter.
a. Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information about how food is broken
down through chemical reactions to create new molecules that support growth
and/or release energy as it moves through an organism.
b. Generate a scientific explanation based on evidence for the role of
photosynthesis and cellular respiration in the cycling of matter and flow of
energy into and out of organisms.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
8 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
6 |
|
6 ) Analyze and interpret data to provide evidence regarding how resource
availability impacts individual organisms as well as populations of organisms
within an ecosystem.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
11 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
7 ) Use empirical evidence from patterns and data to demonstrate how changes to
physical or biological components of an ecosystem (e.g., deforestation,
succession, drought, fire, disease, human activities, invasive species) can lead
to shifts in populations.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
8 ) Construct an explanation to predict patterns of interactions in different
ecosystems in terms of the relationships between and among organisms (e.g.,
competition, predation, mutualism, commensalism, parasitism).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
9 ) Engage in argument to defend the effectiveness of a design solution that
maintains biodiversity and ecosystem services (e.g., using scientific, economic,
and social considerations regarding purifying water, recycling nutrients,
preventing soil erosion).
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
9 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
10 ) Use evidence and scientific reasoning to explain how characteristic animal
behaviors (e.g., building nests to protect young from cold, herding to protect
young from predators, attracting mates for breeding by producing special sounds
and displaying colorful plumage, transferring pollen or seeds to create conditions for seed germination and growth) and specialized plant structures
(e.g., flower brightness, nectar, and odor attracting birds that transfer
pollen; hard outer shells on seeds providing protection prior to germination)
affect the probability of successful reproduction of both animals and plants.
Unpacked Content
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
11 ) Analyze and interpret data to predict how environmental conditions (e.g.,
weather, availability of nutrients, location) and genetic factors (e.g.,
selective breeding of cattle or crops) influence the growth of organisms (e.g.,
drought decreasing plant growth, adequate supply of nutrients for maintaining
normal plant growth, identical plant seeds growing at different rates in
different weather conditions, fish growing larger in large ponds than in small
ponds).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
12 ) Construct and use models (e.g., monohybrid crosses using Punnett squares,
diagrams, simulations) to explain that genetic variations between parent and
offspring (e.g., different alleles, mutations) occur as a result of genetic
differences in randomly inherited genes located on chromosomes and that
additional variations may arise from alteration of genetic information.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
13 ) Construct an explanation from evidence to describe how genetic mutations
result in harmful, beneficial, or neutral effects to the structure and function
of an organism.
Unpacked Content
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
14 ) Gather and synthesize information regarding the impact of technologies
(e.g., hand pollination, selective breeding, genetic engineering, genetic
modification, gene therapy) on the inheritance and/or appearance of desired
traits in organisms.
Unpacked Content
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
15 ) Analyze and interpret data for patterns of change in anatomical structures
of organisms using the fossil record and the chronological order of fossil
appearance in rock layers.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
16 ) Construct an explanation based on evidence (e.g., cladogram, phylogenetic
tree) for the anatomical similarities and differences among modern organisms and
between modern and fossil organisms, including living fossils (e.g., alligator,
horseshoe crab, nautilus, coelacanth).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
17 ) Obtain and evaluate pictorial data to compare patterns in the
embryological development across multiple species to identify relationships not
evident in the adult anatomy.
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 7 |
Life Science |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
18 ) Construct an explanation from evidence that natural selection acting over
generations may lead to the predominance of certain traits that support
successful survival and reproduction of a population and to the suppression of
other traits.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
20 |
Learning Activities: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
15 |
|
1 ) Analyze patterns within the periodic table to construct models (e.g.,
molecular-level models, including drawings; computer representations) that
illustrate the structure, composition, and characteristics of atoms and molecules.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
9 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
2 ) Plan and carry out investigations to generate evidence supporting the claim
that one pure substance can be distinguished from another based on
characteristic properties.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
7 |
Learning Activities: |
3 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
3 ) Construct explanations based on evidence from investigations to
differentiate among compounds, mixtures, and solutions.
a. Collect and analyze information to illustrate how synthetic materials
(e.g., medicine, food additives, alternative fuels, plastics) are derived from
natural resources and how they impact society.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
15 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
14 |
|
4 ) Design and conduct an experiment to determine changes in particle motion, temperature, and
state of a pure substance when thermal energy is added to or removed from a system.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
18 |
Learning Activities: |
5 |
Classroom Resources: |
13 |
|
5 ) Observe and analyze characteristic properties of substances (e.g., odor,
density, solubility, flammability, melting point, boiling point) before and
after the substances combine to determine if a chemical reaction has occurred.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
5 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
6 ) Create a model, diagram, or digital simulation to describe conservation of mass in a chemical reaction and explain the resulting differences between products and reactants.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
7 ) Design, construct, and test a device (e.g., glow stick, hand warmer, hot or
cold pack, thermal wrap) that either releases or absorbs thermal energy by
chemical reactions (e.g., dissolving ammonium chloride or calcium chloride in
water) and modify the device as needed based on criteria (e.g.,
amount/concentration, time, temperature).*
Unpacked Content
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
8 |
Learning Activities: |
3 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
8 ) Use Newton's first law to demonstrate and explain that an object is either at rest or moves at a constant velocity unless acted upon by an external force (e.g., model car on a table remaining at rest until pushed).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
6 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
9 ) Use Newton's second law to demonstrate and explain how changes in an object's motion depend on the sum of the external forces on the object and the mass of the object (e.g., billiard balls moving when hit with a cue stick).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
5 |
Lesson Plans: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
10 ) Use Newton's third law to design a model to demonstrate and explain the
resulting motion of two colliding objects (e.g., two cars bumping into each
other, a hammer hitting a nail).*
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
|
11 ) Plan and carry out investigations to evaluate how various factors (e.g., electric force produced between two charged objects at various positions; magnetic force produced by an electromagnet with varying number of wire turns, varying number or size of dry cells, and varying size of iron core) affect the strength of electric and magnetic forces.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
12 ) Construct an argument from evidence explaining that fields exist between
objects exerting forces on each other (e.g., interactions of magnets,
electrically charged strips of tape, electrically charged pith balls,
gravitational pull of the moon creating tides) even when the objects are not in
contact.
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
|
13 ) Create and analyze graphical displays of data to illustrate the
relationships of kinetic energy to the mass and speed of an object (e.g., riding
a bicycle at different speeds, hitting a table tennis ball versus a golf ball,
rolling similar toy cars with different masses down an incline).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
4 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
14 ) Use models to construct an explanation of how a system of objects may contain varying types and amounts of potential energy (e.g., observing the movement of a roller coaster cart at various inclines, changing the tension in a rubber band, varying the number of batteries connected in a series, observing a balloon with static electrical charge being brought closer to a classmate's hair).
Unpacked Content
NAEP Framework
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
|
15 ) Analyze and interpret data from experiments to determine how various
factors affect energy transfer as measured by temperature (e.g., comparing final
water temperatures after different masses of ice melt in the same volume of
water with the same initial temperature, observing the temperature change of
samples of different materials with the same mass and the same material with
different masses when adding a specific amount of energy).
Unpacked Content
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
5 |
Learning Activities: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
16 ) Apply the law of conservation of energy to develop arguments supporting
the claim that when the kinetic energy of an object changes, energy is
transferred to or from the object (e.g., bowling ball hitting pins, brakes being
applied to a car).
Unpacked Content
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
17 ) Create and manipulate a model of a simple wave to predict and describe the
relationships between wave properties (e.g., frequency, amplitude, wavelength)
and energy.
a. Analyze and interpret data to illustrate an electromagnetic spectrum.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns; Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Create a model of a simple wave to predict and describe the relationships between wave properties and energy.
- Manipulate a model of a simple wave to predict and describe the relationships between wave properties and energy.
- Analyze data to illustrate an electromagnetic spectrum.
- Interpret data to illustrate an electromagnetic spectrum.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Manipulate
- Model
- Wave
- Simple wave
- Predict
- Wave properties (e.g., frequency, amplitude, wavelength)
- Energy
- Analyze
- Interpret
- Illustrate
- Electromagnetic spectrum (radio waves, visible light, microwaves, infrared light, ultraviolet light, X-rays and gamma-rays.
- Electromagnetic radiation
- Photons
- Hertz
- Volts
- Joules
- Displacement
Knowledge: Students know:
- Waves represent repeating quantities.
- A simple wave has a repeating pattern with a specific wavelength, frequency, and amplitude.
- The frequency of a wave is the number of waves passing a point in a certain time. The unit of frequency is the hertz (Hz) and one hertz is equal to one wave per second.
- Amplitude is the maximum displacement of the wave pattern from equilibrium.
- Wavelength is the distance between consecutive wave crests or troughs.
- The electromagnetic spectrum is the range of all types of electromagnetic radiation. Radiation is energy that travels and spreads out as it travels.
- The types of electromagnetic radiation that make up the electromagnetic spectrum are radio waves, visible light, microwaves, infrared light, ultraviolet light, X-rays and gamma-rays.
- Electromagnetic radiation can be described in terms of a stream of mass-less particles, called photons, each traveling in a wave-like pattern at the speed of light. Each photon contains a certain amount of energy. The different types of radiation are defined by the amount of energy found in the photons. Radio waves have photons with low energies, microwave photons have a little more energy than radio waves, infrared photons have still more, then visible, ultraviolet, X-rays, and, the most energetic of all, gamma-rays.
- Electromagnetic radiation can be expressed in terms of energy, wavelength, or frequency. Frequency is measured in cycles per second, or Hertz. Wavelength is measured in meters. Energy is measured in electron volts or Joules.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop a model of a simple wave and identify the relevant components.
- Describe the relationships between components of the model.
- Use patterns observed from their model to provide causal accounts for events and make predictions for events by constructing explanations.
- Organize given data to allow for analysis and interpretation of the electromagnetic spectrum.
- Analyze the data to identify possible causal relationships between waves and their positions in the electromagnetic spectrum.
- Interpret patterns observed from the data to provide causal accounts for events and make predictions for events by constructing explanations.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Relationships exist between wave properties (e.g., frequency, amplitude, wavelength) and energy.
- These relationships can be predicted and described with models of simple waves.*The electromagnetic spectrum is the range of all types of electromagnetic radiation.
- Electromagnetic radiation can be expressed in terms of energy, wavelength, or frequency and the types of radiation are arranged in the spectrum based on the measure of their energy, wavelength, and/or frequency.
- The types of electromagnetic radiation that make up the electromagnetic spectrum are radio waves, visible light, microwaves, infrared light, ultraviolet light, X-rays and gamma-rays.
AMSTI Resources: AMSTI Module: Electricity, Waves, and Information Transfer
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P8.10a: Energy is transferred from place to place.
NAEP Statement:: P8.10b: Light energy from the Sun travels through space to Earth (radiation).
NAEP Statement:: P8.10c: Thermal energy travels from a flame through the metal of a cooking pan to the water in the pan (conduction).
NAEP Statement:: P8.10d: Air warmed by a fireplace moves around a room (convection).
NAEP Statement:: P8.10e: Waves (including sound and seismic waves, waves on water, and light waves) have energy and transfer energy when they interact with matter.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.8.17- Use a model to investigate ways to change the properties of a simple wave (frequency, amplitude, wavelength).
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
6 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
18 ) Use models to demonstrate how light and sound waves differ in how they are
absorbed, reflected, and transmitted through different types of media.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use models to demonstrate how light waves differ in how they are absorbed, reflected, and transmitted through different types of media.
- Use models to demonstrate how sound waves differ in how they are absorbed, reflected, and transmitted through different types of media.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Light
- Sound
- Absorption
- Reflection
- Transmission
- Media
- Transparent
- Translucent
- Opaque
- Frequency
- Amplitude
- Wavelength
- Electromagnetic waves
Knowledge: Students know:
- A medium is not required to transmit electromagnetic waves.
- A sound wave, a type of mechanical wave, needs a medium through which it is transmitted.
- When a sound wave strikes an object, it is absorbed, reflected, or transmitted depending on the object's material.
- When a light wave shines on an object, it is absorbed, reflected, or transmitted depending on the object's material and the frequency of the light.
- The path that light travels can be traced as straight lines, except at surfaces between different transparent materials (e.g., air and water, air and glass) where the path of light bends.
- The absorption, reflection, and transmission of light and sound waves can be identified by observing relevant characteristics of the wave, such as frequency, amplitude, and wavelength.
- Materials with certain properties are well-suited for particular functions (e.g., lenses and mirrors, sound absorbers in concert halls, colored light filters, sound barriers next to highways).
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop models of light and sound waves and identify the relevant components.
- Describe the relationships between components of the model.
- Use observations from the model to provide causal accounts for events and make predictions for events by constructing explanations.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Light and sound waves differ in how they interact with different types of media.
- The absorption, reflection, and transmission of light and sound waves depends on the type of media through which they are transmitted.
- Materials with certain properties are well-suited for particular functions (e.g., lenses and mirrors, sound absorbers in concert halls, colored light filters, sound barriers next to highways).
AMSTI Resources: AMSTI Module: Electricity, Waves, and Information Transfer
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.8.18- Investigate and describe how light and sound waves travel through a variety of media.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 8 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
19 ) Integrate qualitative information to explain that common communication
devices (e.g., cellular telephones, radios, remote controls, Wi-Fi components,
global positioning systems [GPS], wireless technology components) use
electromagnetic waves to encode and transmit information.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use qualitative information to explain how communication devices use electromagnetic waves to encode information.
- Use qualitative information to explain how communication devices use electromagnetic waves to transmit information.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Qualitative
- Information
- Communication devices (e.g., cellular phone, Global Positioning System (GPS), remote control, Wi-Fi, etc.)
- Electromagnetic waves
- Energy
- Energy wave
- Electric field
- Magnet
- Magnetic field
- Mechanical wave
- Vacuum
- Frequency
- Wavelength
- Crest
- Medium
- Amplitude
- Displacement
- Rest position
- Encode
- Transmit
Knowledge: Students know:
- Electromagnetic waves are a form of energy waves that have both an electric and magnetic field. Electromagnetic waves are different from mechanical waves in that they can transmit energy and travel through a vacuum.
- The different types of electromagnetic waves have different uses and functions in our everyday lives.
- Electromagnetic waves differ from each other in wavelength, frequency, and energy, and are classified accordingly. Wavelength is the distance between one wave crest to the next.
- Frequency refers to how often the particles of the medium vibrate when a wave passes through the medium
- The amount of energy carried by a wave is related to the amplitude of the wave. A high energy wave is characterized by a high amplitude; a low energy wave is characterized by a low amplitude. The amplitude of a wave refers to the maximum amount of displacement of a particle on the medium from its rest position.
- Electromagnetic waves can be used to encode information.
- Electromagnetic waves can be used to transmit information.
- Examples of common communication devices may include cellular telephones, radios, remote controls, Wi-Fi components, global positioning systems (GPS), and wireless technology components.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather evidence sufficient to explain a phenomenon that includes the idea that using waves to carry digital signals is a more reliable way to encode and transmit information than using waves to carry analog signals.
- Combine the relevant information (from multiple sources) to articulate the explanation.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Common communication devices use electromagnetic waves to encode and transmit information.
AMSTI Resources: AMSTI Module: Electricity, Waves, and Information Transfer
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.8.19- Recognize that common communication devices use electromagnetic waves to transmit information, and that these electromagnetic waves are invisible to the human eye.
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
3 |
|
1 ) Use models to compare and contrast how the structural characteristics of
carbohydrates, nucleic acids, proteins, and lipids define their function in
organisms.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Describe the particles that compose an atom and relate these particles to types of chemical bonding such as covalent, ionic and hydrogen and describe Van der Waals forces.
- Identify patterns in the elements that compose each macromolecule and the arrangement of monomer units in carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids, and lipids .
- Use standard experimental tests to predict the macromolecular content of a given substance.
- Use models to differentiate macromolecules based on common characteristics.
- Build models of each of the four macromolecules (carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids) and describe their role in biological processes.
- Compare and contrast the structure of each macromolecule and predict the function of each from its structure.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Atom
- Nucleus
- Proton
- Neutron
- Electron
- Element
- Compound
- Isotope
- Covalent bond
- Molecule
- Ion
- Ionic bond
- Van der Waals force
- Macromolecule
- Polymer
- Carbohydrate
- Monosaccharide
- Disaccharide
- Polysaccharide
- Lipid
- Saturated fats
- Unsaturated fats
- Triglyceride
- Phospholipid
- Hydrophobic
- Steroids
- Protein
- Amino acid
- Peptide bonds
- Nucleic acid
- Nucleotide
- DNA
- RNA
- ATP
Knowledge: Students know:
- An atom is composed of smaller particles, such as protons, neutrons and electrons.
- Atoms of the same or different elements can form chemical bonds. The type of bond formed, such as covalent, ionic, or hydrogen, depends on the atomic structure of the element. Carbohydrates, Lipids, proteins and nucleic acids are the four macromolecules that compose life.
- Carbohydrates are composed of a monomer of one carbon, 2 hydrogen and one oxygen atoms (CH2O). The role of carbohydrates in biological processes such as photosynthesis and cellular respiration.
- The role of lipids in biological processes such as cell membrane function and energy storage.
- The basic structure of a lipid includes fatty acid tails composed of a chain of carbon atoms bonded to hydrogen and other carbon atoms by single or double bonds.
- Proteins are made of amino acids, which are small compounds that are made of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen hydrogen and sometimes sulfur. The structure of an amino acid consists of a carbon atom in the center which is bonded with a hydrogen, an amino group, a carboxyl group and a variable group—its that variable group that makes each amino acid different.
- The roles of proteins in biological processes such as enzyme function or structural functionality.
- Nucleic acids are made of smaller repeating subuntits composed of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, and hydrogen atoms, called nucleotides.
- There are six major nucleotides—all of which have three units—a phosphate, a nitrogenous base, and a ribose sugar. The role of nucleic acids in biological processes such as transmission of hereditary information.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Describe the particles that compose an atom.
- Relate atomic particles to types of chemical bonding such as covalent, ionic and hydrogen.
- Describe Van der Waals forces.
- Identify patterns in the elements that compose each macromolecule.
- Identify the arrangement of monomer units in carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids, and lipids.
- Differentiate macromolecules based on common characteristics.
- Construct models of the four major macromolecules.
- Analyze models of the four major biomolecules to identify the monomer unit that repeats across the macromolecule polymer and relate molecular structure to biological function.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Cells are made of atoms.
- The four macromolecules that compose life are carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins.
- Macromolecules contain distinct patterns of monomer subunits that repeat across the macromolecule polymer and that structure affects the biological function of the macromolecule.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Macromolecules: Structure and Function; DNA Model; Enzymes; Designer Enzymes; Macromolecules in Food
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.1: Living systems are made of complex molecules (including carbohydrates, fats, proteins, and nucleic acids) that consist mostly of a few elements, especially carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and phosphorous.
NAEP Statement:: L12.2: Cellular processes are carried out by many different types of molecules, mostly proteins. Protein molecules are long, usually folded chains made from combinations of amino-acid molecules. Protein molecules assemble fats and carbohydrates and carry out other cellular functions. The function of each protein molecule depends on its specific sequence of amino acids and the shape of the molecule.
NAEP Statement:: L12.4: Plants have the capability (through photosynthesis) to take energy from light to form higher energy sugar molecules containing carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen from lower energy molecules. These sugar molecules can be used to make amino acids and other carbon-containing (organic) molecules and assembled into larger molecules with biological activity (including proteins, DNA, carbohydrates, and fats).
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.2- Recognize organelles (e.g., mitochondria, ribosomes, chloroplasts) and their functions within plant and animal cells.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
2 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information to describe the function and
diversity of organelles and structures in various types of cells (e.g., muscle
cells having a large amount of mitochondria, plasmids in bacteria, chloroplasts
in plant cells).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Describe the cell theory and discuss the historical context of its development.
- Distinguish between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
- Compare and contrast various types of cells.
- Using various sources (prepared or wet mount slides, images, digital animations), identify cellular organelles.
- Gather, analyze, and communicate the diversity of organelles and structures that exist within different types of cells.
- Based on their function, describe why certain organelles and structures are found in particular types of cells
. Teacher Vocabulary: - Cell
- Cell theory
- Plasma membrane
- Organelle
- Cell structures (e.g., cell wall, cell membrane, cytoplasm, etc.)
- Cell organelles (e.g., nucleus, chloroplast, mitochondrion, etc.)
- Prokaryote
- Eukaryote
- Bacterial cell
- Plant cell
- Animal cell
- Muscle cell
- Other types of cells such as unicellular organisms (e.g., amoeba), nerve cell, sex cell (sperm/egg), etc.
Knowledge: Students know:
- Historical contributions to the cell theory by scientists such as Hooke, Leeuwenhoek, Schleiden etc.
- The cell theory is one of the fundamental ideas of modern biology and includes three principles:
- All living things are composed of cells.
- Cells are the basic unit of structure and organization of all living organisms.
- Cells arise only from previously existing cells.
- There are many types of organelles.
- Eukaryotic cells contain a nucleus and other membrane bound organelles.
- Prokaryotic cells are cells without a nucleus or other membrane bound organelles.
- How organelles function within a cell.
- How the function of organelles relates to their presence in various types of cells.
- The characteristics of different types of cells can be determined based on the presence of certain organelles.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Obtain information about the function and diversity of organelles and cell structures.
- Evaluate the function of a cell based on the presence or absence of particular organelles and/or cell structures.
- Communicate information to describe the function of organelles and cell structures in various types of cells.
- Communicate information to describe the diversity of organelles and structures in various types of cells.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Structures within different types of cells will have different functions.
- Cellular function is related to the presence and number of particular organelles and cell structures.
- Various types of cells can be identified by the presence of particular organelles and/or cell structures.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Comparing Cell Structures; Observing Protist Locomotion; Osmosis and Plasmolysis in Onion Cells; Why must Cells be Small?
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.3: Cellular processes are regulated both internally and externally by environments in which cells exist, including local environments that lead to cell differentiation during the development of multicellular organisms. During the development of complex multicellular organisms, cell differentiation is regulated through the expression of different genes.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
2 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
3 ) Formulate an evidence-based explanation regarding how the composition of
deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) determines the structural organization of proteins.
a. Obtain and evaluate experiments of major scientists and communicate
their contributions to the development of the structure of DNA and to the
development of the central dogma of molecular biology.
b. Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information that explains how advancements in genetic technology (e.g., Human Genome Project, Encyclopedia of DNA Elements [ENCODE] project, 1000 Genomes Project) have contributed to the understanding as to how a genetic change at the DNA level may affect proteins and, in turn, influence the appearance of traits.
c. Obtain information to identify errors that occur during DNA replication
(e.g., deletion, insertion, translocation, substitution, inversion, frame-shift,
point mutations).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Engaging in Argument from Evidence; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Identify the structural components within a model of DNA including monomer units and hydrogen bonds.
- Use models to demonstrate how information encoded in DNA leaves the nucleus.
- Investigate the process of semi-conservative replication and compare the lead strand to the lagging strand.
- Compare and contrast the functionality of multiple types of RNA and relate that function to protein synthesis.
- Illustrate how mRNA serves as a template for building a polypeptide chain and how other types of RNA are utilized in the process.
- Use a codon chart to determine the sequence of amino acids (polypeptide chains) that will be built from a given mRNA sequence.
- Explain protein folding in terms of the rules of chemistry and physics to describe how the folding of the protein affects its function.
- Relate the levels of protein structure to the final three-dimensional shape and functionality of the protein.
- Cite and evaluate evidence that supports Watson and Crick's model of the double helix structure of DNA.
- Annotate a diagram of the Central Dogma of Biology to include relevant discoveries and their implications on the understanding of the Central Dogma.
- Evaluate the major findings of research projects such as the Human Genome Project, ENCODE, and the 1000 Genomes Project and modify my working definition of "a gene" based on the findings of those projects.
- Communicate the impact of modern genome research projects on our understanding of gene structure and function.
- Interpret the impacts of DNA changes using lab techniques such as gel electrophoresis, PCR, or computer based resources.
- Explain gene expression in terms of genes being "turned on or off" and in broad terms identify the factors that influence gene expression.
- Use data to support the concept that changes in DNA impact protein function in predictable ways.
- Draw conclusions about errors that occur during replication.
- Compare and contrast types of mutations and use a model to show how changes in DNA can result in changes in protein function.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Nitrogenous bases
- Deoxyribose
- Phosphates
- Hydrogen bonding
- Nucleotides
- Semi-conservative replication
- Central Dogma
- Transcription
- Various types of RNA, including those involved in protein synthesis (mRNA, tRNA & rRNA) and those associated with gene regulation (e.g., IncRNA, miRNA, siRNA) and post-transcriptional modification (snRNA)
- RNA polymerase
- Introns
- Exons
- Codon
- Translation
- Anticodon
- Deletion
- Insertion
- Substitution
- Variant
- DNA sequencing
- PCR
- Gel electrophoresis
- Big Science Projects conducted over last 30 years: Human Genome Project, The International Hap Map, ENCODE, Cancer Genome Atlas, 1000 Genomes project, ClinVar and ClinGen, and the Exome Aggregation
- Consortium.
- Deletion
- Insertion
- Translocation
- Substitution
- Inversion
- Frameshift mutations
- Point mutations
Knowledge: Students know:
- All living things have DNA How the 5' and 3' orientation of DNA nucleotides results in the antiparallel nature of DNA.
- The complementary nature of nitrogenous bases.
- How hydrogen bonding holds complementary bases together across two DNA strands.
- The basic mechanism of reading and expressing genes is from DNA to RNA to Protein (The Central Dogma of Biology).
- The first step of the Central dogma is a process called transcription, which synthesizes mRNA from DNA.
- The process where the mRNA connects to a ribosome, the code is read and then translated into a protein is called translation.
- To become a functional protein, a translated chain of amino acids must be folded into a specific three-dimensional shape.
- Historically important experiments that led to the development of the structure of DNA, including Mieshcer, Chargraff, Rosalind Franklin, Watson/Crick, etc.
- DNA changes can be linked to observable traits in the natural world, such as diseases.
- Common laboratory techniques are used to obtain evidence that supports the premise that DNA changes may affect proteins and in turn the appearance of traits.
- Types of errors that can occur during replication and the impact these errors have on protein production and/or function.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Build from scratch or work with previously constructed models of DNA to identify the key structural components of the molecule.
- Obtain and communicate information (possibly through a conceptual model) describing how information encoded in DNA leaves the nucleus.
- Obtain and expand explanation to include how the information transcribed from DNA to RNA determines the amino acid sequence of proteins.
- Identify and describe the function of molecules required for replication and differentiate between replication on the leading and lagging DNA strands.
- Group mRNA into codons and identify the amino acid associated with each codon. Create and manipulate polypeptide models to demonstrate protein folding.
- Use a variety of resources (web-based timelines, original publications, documentaries, and interviews), explain how historically important experiments helped scientists determine the molecular structure of DNA, and develop the concept of the Central Dogma of Biology.
- Analyze a variety of diagnostic techniques that identify genetic variation in a clinical setting.
- Relate protein structure to enzyme function and discuss the causes and impacts of protein denaturation on both enzymes and structural proteins.
- Identify the impact of DNA changes on the structure and/or function of the resulting amino acid sequences.
- Predict the impact of errors during DNA replication in terms of protein production and/or function.
- Classify types of DNA changes (deletions, insertions, and substitutions).
- Use models to explain how deletions, insertions, translocation, substitution, inversion, frameshift, and point mutations occur during the process of DNA replication.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The traits of living things are ultimately determined by inherited sequences of DNA.
- The end product of transcription is always RNA, but the process produces many different types of RNA with varying functions.
- DNA instructions are replicated and passed from parent to offspring, segregating traits across generations in a mathematically predictable manner.
- A protein is a linear sequence of amino acids that spontaneously folds following rules of chemistry and physics.
- A series of historically important experiments let to the current understanding of the structure of DNA and the Central Dogma of Biology.
- Errors that occur during DNA replication can affect protein production and/or function. Important projects over the past 30 years have changed the definition of a "gene" and increased the ability to assess the impact of DNA variation in a trait or disease.
- Genetic change can lead to altered protein function and the appearance of a different trait or disease.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Protein Synthesis Manipulative; Manipulating DNA; Genes and Consequences; Protein Synthesis with Words; Expanded DNA Extraction; HNPCC
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.9: The genetic information encoded in DNA molecules provides instructions for assembling protein molecules. Genes are segments of DNA molecules. Inserting, deleting, or substituting DNA segments can alter genes. An altered gene may be passed on to every cell that develops from it. The resulting features may help, harm, or have little or no effect on the offspring's success in its environment.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.3- Recognize the structure of DNA which determines the characteristics of living organisms.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
2 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
|
4 ) Develop and use models to explain the role of the cell cycle during growth
and maintenance in multicellular organisms (e.g., normal growth and/or
uncontrolled growth resulting in tumors).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Illustrate the amount of time spent in each phase of the cell cycle by a cell.
- Develop and use a model to describe patterns in typical cell growth and relate those patterns to the mechanisms of cell reproduction for growth, differentiation, and repair.
- Develop a model of chromosome movement and use the model to explain the maintenance of chromosome number during meiosis.
- Use chromosome models to illustrate mitosis and explain the role of mitosis in maintaining populations of cells.
- Use a model to demonstrate errors that may occur during cell division.
- Identify the strengths and limitations of a model in representing the cell cycle and cell differentiation.
- Use evidence to describe the internal and external factors that influence cell cycle control mechanisms.
- Use a model to compare multiple pathways to tumor formation.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Cell cycle
- Chromosome
- Somatic cell
- Chromatin
- Spindle fibers
- Kinetochore microtubules
- Centrioles
- Centrosome
- Centromere
- Sister chromatids
- Mitosis
- Prometaphase
- Prophase
- Metaphase
- Metaphase plate
- Anaphase
- Telophase
- Cytokinesis
- Cell plate
- Cleavage furrow
- Interphase
- S phase
- G1
- G2
- Growth
- Maintenance
- Checkpoints
- Signaling factors
Knowledge: Students know:
- The phases of the cell cycle (Interphase-G1, S, and G2 phases, Mitosis and cytokenisis), the amount of time spent in each cycle and what occurs during each cycle.
- The process of cell cycle regulation.
- Mechanisms, checkpoints and signaling factor molecules that regulate the cell cycle.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Generate a graphic illustrating the amount of time a cell spends in each phase of the cell cycle.
- Observe video, image or microscope slide and identify cells in each phase, relative abundance, and estimate the time spent in each phase.
- Obtain and communicate information about the relationship between the cell cycle and the growth and maintenance of an organism.
- Illustrate chromosome behavior during mitosis using chromosome models.
- Distinguish between replicated and un-replicated chromosomes.
- Demonstrate the events and cellular processes involved in each stage of mitosis.
- Investigate the impact of errors in the process of cell division.
- Identify the basic mechanisms, checkpoints, and general categories of signaling factor molecules (both internal and external).
- Relate errors in control mechanisms to uncontrolled cell growth (cancer).
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The cell cycle is necessary for growth and maintenance in multi-cellular organisms.
- Mitosis only makes somatic (body) cells.
- Errors in control mechanisms within the cell cycle lead to uncontrolled cell growth (cancer).
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: The Cell Cycle
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.3: Cellular processes are regulated both internally and externally by environments in which cells exist, including local environments that lead to cell differentiation during the development of multicellular organisms. During the development of complex multicellular organisms, cell differentiation is regulated through the expression of different genes.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.4- Use a model to illustrate how growth occurs when cells multiply and recognize that uncontrolled growth can lead to the development of tumors (e.g., cancer).
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
5 ) Plan and carry out investigations to explain feedback mechanisms (e.g.,
sweating and shivering) and cellular processes (e.g., active and passive
transport) that maintain homeostasis.
a. Plan and carry out investigations to explain how the unique properties
of water (e.g., polarity, cohesion, adhesion) are vital to maintaining
homeostasis in organisms.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function; Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Distinguish the components of a feedback loop and identify the function of each.
- Predict the characteristics necessary for maintaining homeostasis and investigate factors that affect homeostasis in living organisms.
- Use evidence from my investigation to explain how negative feedback mechanisms regulate and maintain a narrow range of internal conditions in living systems among a wide range of external conditions.
- Investigate the phospholipid bilayer structure of the plasma membrane and how its hydrophobic and hydrophilic properties help separate the environment inside the cell from the environment outside of the cell.
- Investigate how materials move across membranes and categorize the movements as active or passive transport.
- Conduct several short investigations to predict the unique properties of water.
- Build a model of a water molecule that illustrates hydrogen bonding.
- Use model to illustrate how water molecules interact with each other and with other polar and non-polar molecules, based on oppositely charged pats of the molecule.
- Distinguish between solution types based on solute concentration (hypo-, hyper-, isotonic solutions).
- Relate multiple properties of water to impacts on cells and living systems as well as the maintenance of homeostasis.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Negative feedback loop
- Positive feedback
- Enzyme related feedback
- Stimulus
- Response
- Effector
- Receptor
- Afferent pathway
- Efferent pathway
- Integration
- Phospholipid bilayer
- Selective permeability
- Transport protein
- Fluid mosaic model
- Polarity
- Surface tension
- Capillary
- Adhesion
- Cohesion
- Hypotonic
- Hypertonic
- Isotonic
- Active transport
- Passive transport
- Mixture
- Solution
- Solvent
- Solute
- Diffusion
- Dynamic equilibrium
- Facilitated diffusion
- Osmosis
- Endocytosis
- Exocytosis
Knowledge: Students know:
- A negative feedback loop is when the body senses (receptor) an internal change (stimulus) and activates mechanisms (effector) that reverse, or negate (response) that change (e.g., Regulation of body temperature).
- The positive feedback loop is a process where the body senses a change and activates mechanisms that accelerate or increase that change—can aid in homeostasis but also can be life threatening (e.g., blood clotting (helpful), response to myocardial infarction (potentially fatal).
- The chemical structure of the phospholipid membrane and the various ways large and small molecules move between the inside and outside of the cell to maintain homeostasis.
- The movement of water is a cellular response to different solute concentrations within and outside the cell.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Investigate and communicate factors that affect homeostasis in living organisms.
- Develop an answerable scientific question and plan and carry out an investigation that provides data about homeostasis.
- Investigate the function of the plasma membrane in relation to cellular processes that maintain homeostasis within the cell.
- Observe and explore simple experiments to develop a working list of the properties of water.
- Use a model to explain the properties of water at a molecular level.
- Use a model to illustrate chemical interactions between water molecules and other polar and non-polar compounds.
- Design an experiment that provides data regarding one property of water and communicate the experimental design, results and conclusions.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Homeostasis is the tendency of an organism or cell to regulate its internal environment and maintain equilibrium, usually by a system of feedback controls, so as to stabilize health and functioning.
- A complex set of chemical, thermal and neural factors interact in complex ways, both helping and hindering the body while it works to maintain homeostasis.
- Water movement is critical to the maintenance of homeostasis for cells and vascular systems.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Osmosis and Diffusion; Rubber Egg Diffusion; We Got the Beet; Homeostasis; Thirsty for Water; Osmosis and Plasmolysis in Onion Cells; Pass the Molecules Please!; Expanded DNA Extraction
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.5- Recognize feedback mechanisms (e.g., sweating and shivering) that maintain homeostasis.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
6 ) Analyze and interpret data from investigations to explain the role of
products and reactants of photosynthesis and cellular respiration in the cycling
of matter and the flow of energy.
a. Plan and carry out investigations to explain the interactions among
pigments, absorption of light, and reflection of light.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations; Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Collect and analyze data to identify the reactants and products of photosynthesis and cellular respiration.
- Use evidence to describe the relationship between photosynthesis and cellular respiration and illustrate that relationship.
- Collect and analyze data from an investigation to explain how energy is transferred and used in cells to power life processes.
- Analyze and interpret data from experiments related to photosynthesis to draw conclusions about the cycling of matter and energy.
- Collect and analyze data from an investigation to explain how energy is transferred and used in cells to power life processes.
- Compare respiration strategies in terms of energy required and energy released.
- Use data from investigations to support the premise that light energy is absorbed by pigments during photosynthesis.
- Relate evidence from an experiment to light absorption and reflection in photosynthetic organisms.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Energy
- Thermodynamics
- Metabolism
- Photosynthesis
- Cellular respiration
- Adenosine triphosphate (ATP)
- Autotroph
- Heterotroph
- Chloroplasts
- chlorophylls
- Thylakoid
- Granum
- Stroma
- Pigment
- Photosystems I & II
- NADP+
- NADPH
- chemiosmosis
- Calvin Cycle
- Rubisco
- Anaerobic process
- Aerobic respiration
- Aerobic process
- Glycolysis
- ATP
- Pyruvate
- Krebs cycle
- Fermentation (lactic acid and alcohol)
Knowledge: Students know:
- Autotrophs obtain energy directly from sunlight.
- Heterotrophs obtain energy by eating autotrophs and other heterotrophs.
- The relationship between CO2 and O2 in photosynthesis and respiration—recognize that the reactants of one are the products of the other.
- The inputs and outputs of energy at each stage of photosynthesis—stage I, the light-dependent reactions and stage II, the light-independent reactions (Calvin Cycle).
- The structure and function of ATP--Energy is stored in the bonds between phosphates in ATP and released when those bonds are broken.
- The inputs and outputs of energy at each stage of Cellular respiration—Glycolysis, the Krebs cycle and Electron transport.
- The role of plant pigments in photosynthesis.
- The red and blue ends of the visible part of the electromagnetic spectrum are used by plants in photosynthesis while the reflection and transmission of the middle of the spectrum gives leaves their green visual color (in most cases).
Skills: Students are able to:
- Formulate a scientific question about how energy is stored and/or released in living systems.
- Analyze information about how photosynthesis converts light energy into stored chemical energy.
- Interpret data illustrating the relationship between photosynthesis and cellular respiration.
- Explain the relationship between photosynthesis and cellular respiration in terms of energy flow and cycling of matter.
- Investigate the relationship between wavelength and energy.
- Investigate the energy absorbed and reflected by photosynthetic pigments at specific wavelengths.
- Interpret data describing the absorption and reflection of wavelengths by various pigments.
- Describe the relationship between pigments, wavelength and energy.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Photosynthesis and cellular respiration are two important processes that cells use to obtain energy.
- The products of photosynthesis are oxygen and glucose, the reactants needed for cellular respiration.
- The products of cellular respiration, carbon dioxide and water, are the reactants needed for photosynthesis.
- Photosynthesis is dependent on the absorption of light by pigments in the leaves of plants.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Plants and Energy; Photosynthesis, Energy, and the Cycling of Matter; Leaf Disk Photosynthesis; Chromotography of Photosynthetic Pigments; Comparing Conditions of CO2Pproducation for Anaerobic and Aerobic Respiration; Factors affecting Photosynthesis; Yeast in Anaerobic Respiration; Cellular Events in Seed Germination; Tree Carbon Sequestration
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.4: Plants have the capability (through photosynthesis) to take energy from light to form higher energy sugar molecules containing carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen from lower energy molecules. These sugar molecules can be used to make amino acids and other carbon-containing (organic) molecules and assembled into larger molecules with biological activity (including proteins, DNA, carbohydrates, and fats).
NAEP Statement:: L12.5: The chemical elements that make up the molecules of living things pass through food webs and are combined and recombined in different ways. At each link in an ecosystem, some energy is stored in newly made structures, but much is dissipated into the environment as heat. Continual input of energy from sunlight keeps the process going.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.6- Recognize the components necessary for plants to produce their own food and oxygen (e.g., water, sunlight, carbon dioxide).
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
7 ) Develop and use models to illustrate examples of ecological hierarchy
levels, including biosphere, biome, ecosystem, community, population, and
organism.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use observations to develop a model that illustrates ecological hierarchies and compare developed model to hierarchies existing in nature.
- Use models to investigate the role of different environmental factors within the hierarchy.
- Use data to develop a model depicting the ecological hierarchy of a novel ecosystem and communicate the dynamics of the hierarchy.
- Investigate biomes, using a variety of resources to compare and contrast the characteristics of each.
- Use evidence to classify major geographical regions into biomes, based on climate and dominant life forms.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Ecology
- Biosphere
- Biotic factor
- Abiotic factor
- Population
- Biological community
- Ecosystem
- Biome
- Species
Knowledge: Students know:
- The biosphere is the portion of the Earth that supports life.
- The lowest level of organization is the individual organism itself.
- Individual organisms of a single species that share the same geographical location at the same time make up the population.
- A group of interacting populations that occupy the same geographical area at the same time is a biological community.
- An ecosystem is the biological community and all the abiotic factors that affect it (e.g., water temperature, light availability).
- A biome is a large group of ecosystems that share the same climate and have similar types of communities.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Organize objects or organisms into levels of hierarchy.
- Develop a hierarchical classification model using standard language and parameters.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- In order to study relationships within the biosphere, it is divided into smaller levels of organization.
- The simplest level of organization is the organism, with increasing levels of complexity as the numbers and interactions between organisms increase, shown in the population, biological community, ecosystem, and biome until reaching the most complex level of the biosphere.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Biome Bags; Protozoa Symbiosis; Global Carbon
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.7: Although the interrelationships and interdependence of organisms may generate biological communities in ecosystems that are stable for hundreds or thousands of years, ecosystems always change when climate changes or when one or more new species appear as a result of migration or local evolution. The impact of the human species has major consequences for other species.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.7- Use models to recognize an organism, a population, and an ecosystem.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
8 ) Develop and use models to describe the cycling of matter (e.g., carbon,
nitrogen, water) and flow of energy (e.g., food chains, food webs, biomass
pyramids, ten percent law) between abiotic and biotic factors in ecosystems.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models; Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Categorize organisms in an ecosystem based on evidence of how they obtain energy.
- Construct a food chain that differentiates between producers, primary, secondary and tertiary consumers and integrate multiple food chains into a food web.
- Use relationships between organisms to develop a food web and use it to demonstrate flow of energy and predict the impacts of population changes. Construct a pyramid of biomass, given population data about organisms in the ecosystem and make calculations using data from the pyramid.
- Use mathematical examples, such as the 10% law to explain why there is less energy available at each level of an energy pyramid.
- Analyze data to identify patterns in the cycling of carbon, nitrogen and water in ecosystems.
- Use patterns identified in the cycling of carbon, nitrogen, and water to build models of matter cycling through ecosystems.
- Predict the effect of the reduction of a population of species on the carbon, nitrogen or water cycle.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Autotroph
- Heterotroph
- Primary producer
- Primary consumer
- Secondary consumer
- Tertiary consumer
- Herbivore
- Carnivore
- Omnivore
- Detritivore
- Trophic levels: primary, secondary and tertiary
- Food chain
- Food web
- Biomass
- Energy pyramid
- Biomass pyramid
- Number pyramid
- Matter
- Nutrient
- Biogeochemical cycle
- Nitrogen fixation
- Denitrification
- Law of conservation of mass
Knowledge: Students know:
- A food chain is a simple model representing the transfer of energy from organism to organism (e.g., sun → plant → grasshopper → mouse → snake).
- Each step of a food chain represents a trophic level always starting with an autotroph in the first level and heterotrophs in the remaining levels.
- The overlapping relationships between multiple food chains are shown in a food web.
- An ecological pyramid is a model that can show the relative amounts of energy, biomass, or numbers of organisms at each trophic level in an ecosystem.
- In an energy pyramid, only 10% of energy is passed from one trophic level to the next due to loss of energy in the form of heat caused by cellular respiration (10% rule).
- In a biomass pyramid, the total mass of living matter at each trophic level tends to decrease.
- In a numbers pyramid, it shows the number of organisms at each trophic level tends to decrease because there is less energy available to support organisms.
- The exchange of matter through the biosphere is called the biogeochemical cycle and involves living organisms (bio), geological processes (geo), and chemical processes (chemical).
Skills: Students are able to:
- Use a self-created food web diagram to predict the impact of removing one organism on other organisms within the food web.
- Use data to create ecological pyramids to show flow of energy, biomass and number of organisms.
- Model the cycling of matter (e.g., Carbon, water, nitrogen) through the biosphere.
- Combine a food web diagram with a matter cycling diagram to provide a holistic view of the many aspects that make up an ecosystem.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Everything in an ecosystem is connected to everything else (both abiotic and biotic), either directly or indirectly.
- Nutrients, in the form of elements and compounds, flow through organisms in an ecosystem (e.g., grass captures substances from the air, soil and water and converts them into usable nutrients → cow eats the grass → human eats the cow → decomposers return the nutrients to the cycle at every level).
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Traveling Carbon Passport; Traeling Nitrogen Passport; Traveling Phosphorus Passport; Food Chains, Food Webs and Energy; Owl Pellets; Tree Carbon Sequestration
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.5: The chemical elements that make up the molecules of living things pass through food webs and are combined and recombined in different ways. At each link in an ecosystem, some energy is stored in newly made structures, but much is dissipated into the environment as heat. Continual input of energy from sunlight keeps the process going.
NAEP Statement:: L12.6: As matter cycles and energy flows through different levels of organization of living systems (cells, organs, organisms, communities) and between living systems and the physical environment, chemical elements are recombined in different ways. Each recombination results in storage and dissipation of energy into the environment as heat. Matter and energy are conserved in each change.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.8- Identify living and nonliving components in an ecosystem; identify the flow of energy within a common food chain.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
9 ) Use mathematical comparisons and visual representations to support or
refute explanations of factors that affect population growth (e.g., exponential,
linear, logistic).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Scale, Proportion, and Quantity Disciplinary Core Idea: Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Create graphs representing exponential, linear, and logistic growth and use those graphs to calculate doubling time for a population.
- Use mathematical or computer models to investigate the factors that affect population growth in an ecosystem.
- Identify patterns in the characteristics of population growth that distinguish exponential growth from linear growth from logistic growth.
- Investigate factors that impact population growth and make predictions of how changing environmental conditions will affect population growth.
- Use growth curves of predators and prey to evaluate the impact of one species on another.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Population growth rate
- Emigration
- Immigration
- Exponential, linear and logistic growth
- Doubling time
- Carrying capacity
- Density-independent
- Density-dependent
Knowledge: Students know:
- Exponential population growth occurs when the growth rate is proportional to the size of the population (J shaped curve).
- Logistic population growth shows the population leveling off when it reaches carrying capacity (S shaped curve).
- Linear population growth is the addition of the same number of organisms to the population at a constant rate, no matter the size of the population (strait line growth).
- Environmental factors (density-independent factors) that can impact population growth (flood, drought, extreme heat or cold, etc.).
- Ecological factors (density-dependent) that can affect population growth (e.g., predation, disease, parasites, competition).
Skills: Students are able to:
- Use data to create graphs.
- Calculate doubling time for a population.
- Mathematically compare populations experiencing varying conditions.
- Investigate various factors (both environmental and ecological) that impact population growth.
- Draw conclusions from population growth graphs.
- Using various visual representations of data, make claims about specific causes and effects.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- An important characteristic of any population is its growth rate.
- Some populations remain approximately the same size from year to year while others vary in size depending on conditions within their habitats.
- Populations tend to stabilize near the carrying capacity of their environment.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Predator-Prey Populations Exponential Population Growth
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.7: Although the interrelationships and interdependence of organisms may generate biological communities in ecosystems that are stable for hundreds or thousands of years, ecosystems always change when climate changes or when one or more new species appear as a result of migration or local evolution. The impact of the human species has major consequences for other species.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.9- Recognize the relationship between population size and available resources for food and shelter from a graphical representation.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
10 ) Construct an explanation and design a real-world solution to address
changing conditions and ecological succession caused by density-dependent and/or
density-independent factors.*
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze data on population growth to identify limiting factors, both abiotic and biotic.
- Analyze data to find patterns that distinguish density-dependent from density-independent limiting factors.
- Distinguish between primary and secondary ecological succession and show that an ecosystem responds to such a disturbance in a predictable manner. Analyze historical data to find patterns in an ecosystem's response to disturbance.
- Design a solution to changing environmental conditions or ecological succession that accounts for density-dependent and independent factors.
- Synthesize data and reasoning to evaluate potential solutions to an environmental problem.
- Communicate proposed solution and support conclusions with evidence and reasoning.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Population density
- Dispersion
- Density-independent factor
- Density-dependent factor
- Population growth rate
- Limiting factor
- Ecological succession
- Primary succession
- Climax community
- Secondary succession
- Pioneer species
Knowledge: Students know:
- Factors associated with population density are important regulators of population growth.
- Density-independent factors that can impact population growth (e.g., flood, drought, extreme heat or cold, tornadoes, etc.).
- Density-dependent factors that can impact population growth (e.g., predation, disease, parasites, competition).
- The different types of ecological succession and their causes. Primary succession is the development of a community in an area of exposed rock that does not have any topsoil (e.g., hardened lava flow).
- Secondary Succession is the change that takes place after a community of organisms have been removed but the topsoil remains intact (e.g., fire, flood, etc.).
- Engineering design principles.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Collect and organize population growth data compiled on population growth under varying conditions related to food availability, rainfall, predation, migration, and disease.
- Analyze data to categorize factors, organize data and draw conclusions about a variety of limiting factors to classify each as density-dependent or independent.
- Identify a problem, assess the data, determine if enough information is provided to make an informed decision, assess whether a solution is needed, and recommend what form that solution should take.
- Apply engineering design principles to the development of a solution, identifying required inputs and expected outcomes and determine how the solution will be tested and refined.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Ecosystems are constantly changing.
- Changes in an ecosystem are the result of density-dependent or density-independent factors, sometimes including human activity.
- By using the engineering design process, solutions to ecological problems can be developed, tested and refined.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Limiting Factors; Bead Bugs; Bluegill Limiting Factors; Bio-Assessment; Soil Profiles; Ecological Succession
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
2 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
11 ) Analyze and interpret data collected from probability calculations to
explain the variation of expressed traits within a population.
a. Use mathematics and computation to predict phenotypic and genotypic
ratios and percentages by constructing Punnett squares, including using both
homozygous and heterozygous allele pairs.
b. Develop and use models to demonstrate codominance, incomplete dominance,
and Mendel's laws of segregation and independent assortment.
c. Analyze and interpret data (e.g., pedigree charts, family and population
studies) regarding Mendelian and complex genetic disorders (e.g., sickle-cell
anemia, cystic fibrosis, type 2 diabetes) to determine patterns of genetic
inheritance and disease risks from both genetic and environmental factors.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Analyzing and Interpreting Data; Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns; Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Heredity: Inheritance and Variation of Traits Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Collect and analyze data on traits within a population to identify patterns within expressed traits in a population.
- Mathematically calculate the probability of expressed traits of offspring, given parental traits and an understanding of inheritance patterns.
- Use a model to determine potential gametes from parental genotype and develop a Punnett square to predict inheritance outcomes.
- Annotate a Punnett square, identifying maternal and paternal gametes, and use mathematics to explain the predicted outcomes.
- Observe traits in offspring and use knowledge of inheritance patterns and Punnett squares to infer parental genotypes.
- Use probability to predict the likelihood of specific offspring given parent traits and inheritance pattern.
- Distinguish between homozygous and heterozygous allele pairs and relate these to phenotype.
- Analyze data to find inheritance patterns and explain those patterns in terms of incomplete dominance, codominance and Mendel's laws of segregation and independent assortment.
- Use models, diagrams, and/or text to connect Mendel's laws of inheritance to the biological processes of meiosis.
- Differentiate genetic disorders in humans in terms of errors of meiosis, either large scale (chromosomal) or small scale (point mutations).
- Apply concepts of inheritance to explain patterns seen in pedigrees, offspring ratios, and trait prevalence in a population.
- Identify non-genetic factors that may impact expressed traits.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Genetics
- Allele
- Dominant
- Recessive
- Homozygous
- Heterozygous
- Genotype
- Phenotype
- Law of segregation
- Hybrid
- Law of independent assortment
- F1 and F2 generations
- Monohybrid
- Dihybrid
- Punnet square
- Probability
- Crossing over
- Genetic recombination
- Carrier
- Pedigree
- Incomplete dominance
- Codominance
- Multiple alleles
- Epistasis
- Sex chromosome
- Autosome
- Sex-linked trait
- Polygenic trait
Knowledge: Students know:
- Inheritable genetic variations may result from: new genetic combinations through meiosis, viable errors occurring during replication, and mutations caused by environmental factors.
- Variations in genetic material naturally result during meiosis when corresponding sections of chromosome pairs exchange places.
- Genetic material is inheritable.
- Genetic variations produced by mutations and meiosis are inheritable.
- The difference between genotypic and phenotypic ratios and percentages.
- Examples of genetic crosses that do not fit traditional inheritance patterns (e.g., incomplete dominance, co-dominance, multi-allelic, polygenic) and explanations as to how the observed phenotypes are produced.
- Mendel's laws of segregation and independent assortment.
- Pedigrees can be used to infer genotypes from the observation of genotypes.
- By analyzing a person's family history or a population study, disorders in future offspring can be predicted.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Perform and use appropriate statistical analysis of data, including probability measures to determine the relationship between a trait's occurrence within a population and environmental factors.
- Differentiate between homozygous and heterozygous allele pairings.
- Create Punnett squares to predict offspring genotypic and phenotypic ratios.
- Explain the relationship between the inherited genotype and the visible trait phenotype.
- Examine genetic crosses that do not fit traditional inheritance patterns (incomplete dominance and co-dominance).
- Use chromosome models to physically demonstrate the points in meiosis where Mendel's laws of segregation and independent assortment are observed.
- Analyze pedigrees to identify the patterns of inheritance for specific traits/ disorders including autosomal dominant/ recessive as well as sex-linked and mitochondrial patterns.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- In sexual reproduction, chromosomes can sometimes swap sections during the process of meiosis, thereby creating new genetic combinations and thus more genetic variation.
- Although DNA replication is tightly regulated and remarkably accurate, errors do occur and result in mutations, which are also a source of genetic variation.
- Environmental factors can also cause mutations in genes, and viable mutations are inherited.
- Environmental factors also affect expression of traits, and hence affect the probability of occurrences of traits in a population.
- The variation and distribution of traits observed depends on both genetic and environmental factors.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Dragon Genetics; Alkaptonuria; Blood Typing; Corn Lab; HNPCC; Chromosocks; Collecting Cancer Causing Changes (C4)
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.10: Sorting and recombination of genes in sexual reproduction results in a great variety of possible gene combinations from the offspring of any two parents.
NAEP Statement:: L12.8: Hereditary information is contained in genes, which are located in the chromosomes of each cell. A human cell contains many thousands of different genes. One or many genes can determine an inherited trait of an individual, and a single gene can influence more than one trait.
NAEP Statement:: L12.9: The genetic information encoded in DNA molecules provides instructions for assembling protein molecules. Genes are segments of DNA molecules. Inserting, deleting, or substituting DNA segments can alter genes. An altered gene may be passed on to every cell that develops from it. The resulting features may help, harm, or have little or no effect on the offspring's success in its environment.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.11- Recognize that parents and offspring may have different traits.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
1 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
|
12 ) Develop and use a model to analyze the structure of chromosomes and how
new genetic combinations occur through the process of meiosis.
a. Analyze data to draw conclusions about genetic disorders caused by
errors in meiosis (e.g., Down syndrome, Turner syndrome).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns; Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Heredity: Inheritance and Variation of Traits Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Develop a model of a replicated and non-replicated chromosome to compare their structure and use scientific vocabulary to describe chromosome structures.
- Develop a model of chromosome movement at multiple points during meiosis and use the model to determine when cells are haploid and diploid.
- Identify when crossing over occurs and explain the significance of crossing over in genetic variation.
- Use models to demonstrate a variety of chromosomal changes such as deletions, insertions, inversions, translocation, and nondisjunction.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Chromosome
- Replicated chromosome
- Sister chromatids
- Telomeres
- Centromere
- Homologous chromosome pairs
- Haploid (n)
- Diploid (2n)
- Gene
- Gamete
- Fertilization
- Meiosis
- Crossing over
- Meiosis I
- Interphase
- Prophase I
- Metaphase I
- Anaphase I
- Telophase I
- Meiosis II
- Prophase II
- Metaphase II
- Anaphase II
- Telophase II
- Cytokinesis
- Karyotype
- Nondisjunction
Knowledge: Students know:
- Chromosomes appearing as an "X" shape are replicated chromosomes consisting of two sister chromatids.
- The difference between mitosis and meiosis in terms of chromosome number and number of daughter cells produced.
- Crossing over is where chromosomal segments are exchanged when homologous chromosomes are lined up during Prophase I.
- Crossing over leads to more genetic variation within the population.
- Types of errors that can occur during meiosis that can lead to genetic disorders such as nondisjunction where chromosomes fail to separate properly during Meiosis I or II and result in gametes not having the proper number of chromosomes or in disorders caused by breakage and improper rejoining of chromosome broken ends such as in deletions, insertions, inversions and translocations.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop models of replicated and non-replicated chromosomes and identify important parts of their structure.
- Compare diagrams of mitosis and meiosis and list the differences between the two.
- Develop a model of chromosome movement at each stage of meiosis.
- Determine whether a cell is haploid or diploid.
- Evaluate meiosis models, comparing them to the biological process, and identify strengths and weaknesses of the model.
- Interpret human karyotypes to identify typical chromosome patterns as well as various large-scale chromosome errors.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- In sexual reproduction, chromosomes can sometimes swap sections during the process of meiosis, thereby creating new genetic combinations and thus more genetic variation.
- Errors can occur during meiosis which can lead to genetic disorders.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Disorder Detectives; HNPCC
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.10: Sorting and recombination of genes in sexual reproduction results in a great variety of possible gene combinations from the offspring of any two parents.
NAEP Statement:: L12.8: Hereditary information is contained in genes, which are located in the chromosomes of each cell. A human cell contains many thousands of different genes. One or many genes can determine an inherited trait of an individual, and a single gene can influence more than one trait.
NAEP Statement:: L12.9: The genetic information encoded in DNA molecules provides instructions for assembling protein molecules. Genes are segments of DNA molecules. Inserting, deleting, or substituting DNA segments can alter genes. An altered gene may be passed on to every cell that develops from it. The resulting features may help, harm, or have little or no effect on the offspring's success in its environment.
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
5 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
13 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information to explain how organisms are
classified by physical characteristics, organized into levels of taxonomy, and
identified by binomial nomenclature (e.g., taxonomic classification, dichotomous
keys).
a. Engage in argument to justify the grouping of viruses in a category
separate from living things.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Engaging in Argument from Evidence; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: Unity and Diversity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use major features to classify unfamiliar organisms using accepted classification schemes and justify classification.
- Use binomial nomenclature and tools such as dichotomous keys to classify unfamiliar organisms and determine where they fit into accepted taxonomic schemes.
- Identify characteristics of organisms within each of the six kingdoms of life.
- Distinguish biotic from abiotic materials using the scientifically accepted characteristics of life.
- Create a logical argument based on evidence and reasoning, to support the premise that viruses are not living things.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Classification
- Taxonomy
- Binomial nomenclature
- Taxon
- Genus
- Family
- Order
- Class
- Phylum
- Division
- Kingdom
- Domain
- Dichotomous key
- Virus
- Capsid
- Lytic cycle
- Lysogenic cycle
- Retrovirus
- Prion
Knowledge: Students know:
- Historical systems of classification (Aristotle, Linnaeus).
- Taxa are organized into a hierarchal system—each taxa contained within another, arranged from broadest to most specific.(domain ← kingdom ← phylum ← class ← order ← family ← genus ← species)
- Characteristics of living things: made of cells, obtain and use energy, grow and develop, reproduce, respond to their environment, adapt to their environment.
- Viruses do not exhibit all the characteristics of life: they do not possess cells, nor are they cells, they have no organelles to take in nutrients or use energy, they cannot make proteins, they cannot move, and they cannot replicate on their own.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Organize items based on physical characteristics and/or DNA sequences, etc. and communicate reasoning to others.
- Design a classification scheme (e.g., dichotomous key) for a collection of common but not necessarily related objects.
- Correctly write an organism's name using binomial nomenclature.
- Research viruses using a variety of sources—analysis should include viral life cycles, reproductive strategies and their structure and function.
- Argue from evidence whether a virus is living or not.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Biologists find it easier to communicate and retain information about organisms when organisms are organized into groups.
- Though viruses exhibit several of the characteristics of life, they are not considered to be living things and are not included in the biological classification system.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Classification of Living Things; Observing Protist Locomotion; Animal Characteristics
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.13- Classify organisms into similar groups based on physical characteristics.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
14 ) Analyze and interpret data to evaluate adaptations resulting from natural
and artificial selection that may cause changes in populations over time (e.g.,
antibiotic-resistant bacteria, beak types, peppered moths, pest-resistant
crops).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Unity and Diversity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Collect and analyze data to identify patterns in survival and trait frequency in a population of organisms.
- Analyze and Interpret data about which traits in a population will confer an adaptive advantage while going through changing conditions.
- Analyze and interpret data to predict how an environmental change could influence selection, driving changes in traits in a species that will persist in the population.
- Compare and contrast natural and artificial selection and predict how artificial selection will impact the traits of an organism.
- Analyze and interpret data to evaluate the impact of human intervention in determining the traits of agriculturally important plants and animals.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Artificial selection
- Natural selection
- Evolution
- Genetic variation
- Geographic variation
- Mutation
- Evolutionary fitness
- Phenotypes
- Genotypes
- Sexual reproduction
- Adaptations
- Artificial selection
- Genetic isolation
- Adaptive radiation
Knowledge: Students know:
- Organisms can produce enormous numbers of offspring.
- These offspring must compete for limited resources.
- These offspring also have genetic differences that are observed as phenotypic trait variations.
- The offspring whose phenotypes provide the best chance to survive to adulthood and reproduce will pass on the highest frequency of their traits (and therefore genetic differences) to the next generation.
- The process of directed breeding to produce offspring with desired traits is called selective breeding or artificial selection.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Analyze and interpret data to recognize a pattern in changes in populations over time.
- Analyze different sources of evidence.
- Interpret the validity of data.
- Read and construct a graph.
- Recognize examples of artificial selection.
- Predict phenotypic adaptations as a result of changing environments.
- Compare organisms derived from artificial selection with their wild ancestors, who were products of natural selection.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Natural selection leads to adaptation—to a population dominated by organisms that are anatomically, behaviorally, and physiologically well suited to survive and reproduce in a specific environment.
- Survival and reproduction of organisms that have an advantageous heritable trait leads to an increase in the proportion of individuals in future generations that have the trait and to a decrease in the proportion of individuals that do not.
- The distribution of traits in a population can change when conditions change.
- Artificial selection allows humans to produce plants or animals with desired traits.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Whale Evolution; Which beak is Best?; Peppered Moth; Evolution of Antibiotic Resistance; Fly Now
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.12: Molecular evidence substantiates the anatomical evidence for evolution and provides additional detail about the sequence in which various lines of descent branched.
NAEP Statement:: L12.13: Evolution is the consequence of the interactions of (1) the potential for a species to increase its numbers, (2) the genetic variability of offspring due to mutation and recombination of genes, (3) a finite supply of the resources required for life, and (4) the ensuing selection from environmental pressure of those organisms better able to survive and leave offspring.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
15 ) Engage in argument from evidence (e.g., mathematical models such as
distribution graphs) to explain how the diversity of organisms is affected by
overpopulation of species, variation due to genetic mutations, and competition
for limited resources.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Unity and Diversity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze evidence to describe the main ideas behind natural selection (overproduction of offspring, competition for limited resources, inherited variation in phenotypes and differential survival/reproduction).
- Use mathematical models to test the concept that organisms with favorable adaptations are more likely to survive and reproduce.
- Develop a logical argument for a proposed mechanism of evolution, including necessary adaptations, mutations, and environmental changes.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Variation
- Adaptation
- Fitness
- Biodiversity
- Habitat
- Ecosystems
- Diversity
- Population
- Population density
- Limiting factors
- Carrying capacity
- Genetic mutation
- Competition
- Natural selection
- Genetic recombination
Knowledge: Students know:
- As species grow in number, competition for limited resources can arise.
- Individuals in a species have genetic variation (through mutations and sexual reproduction) that is passed on to their offspring.
- Genetic variation can lead to variation of expressed traits in individuals in a population.
- Individuals can have specific traits that give them a competitive advantage relative to other individuals in the species.
- Individuals that survive and reproduce at a higher rate will provide their specific genetic variations to a greater proportion of individuals in the next generation.
- Over many generations, groups of individuals with particular traits that enable them to survive and reproduce in distinct environments using distinct resources can evolve into a different species.
- Natural selection is a process while biological evolution can result from that process.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify examples of adaptations among various organisms that increase fitness—camouflage, mimicry, drought tolerance, defensive coloration, beak adaptations.
- Use reasoning to connect the evidence to construct an argument.
- Interpret data.
- Defend a position.
- Use evidence to correlate claims about cause and effect.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Natural selection occurs only if there is both variation in the genetic information between organisms in a population and variation in the expression of that genetic information (trait variation) that leads to differences in performance among individuals.
- Evolution is the consequence of the interaction of four factors:
- The potential for a species to increase in number.
- The genetic variation of individuals in a species due to mutation and sexual reproduction.
- Competition for an environment's limited supply of the resources that individuals need in order to survive and reproduce.
- The ensuing proliferation of those organisms that are better able to survive and reproduce in the environment.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Whale Evolution; Bead Bugs; Which beak is Best?
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.11: Modern ideas about evolution (including natural selection and common descent) provide a scientific explanation for the history of life on Earth as depicted in the fossil record and in the similarities evident within the diversity of existing organisms.
NAEP Statement:: L12.13: Evolution is the consequence of the interactions of (1) the potential for a species to increase its numbers, (2) the genetic variability of offspring due to mutation and recombination of genes, (3) a finite supply of the resources required for life, and (4) the ensuing selection from environmental pressure of those organisms better able to survive and leave offspring.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Biology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
16 ) Analyze scientific evidence (e.g., DNA, fossil records, cladograms,
biogeography) to support hypotheses of common ancestry and biological evolution.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: Unity and Diversity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze data, including fossil records, to support the premise that organisms have changed over time and that only a small fraction of the species that have previously existed currently survive on Earth.
- Identify patterns of biogeography that are significant to Darwin's theory.
- Make inferences about the diversity of life on Earth using examples and evidence of co-evolution, divergent and convergent evolution.
- Describe homologous structures and explain how these structures are used as lines of evidence to support biological evolution.
- Identify patterns in embryologic development among diverse organisms and explain how these patterns are used as lines of evidence to support biological evolution.
- Describe vestigial structures and explain how these structures are used as lines of evidence to support biological evolution.
- Interpret similarities in the genetic code to provide evidence of comment descent.
- Create a cladogram of related objects or organisms and interpret cladograms to draw conclusions about the relatedness of organisms.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Biogeography
- Parasitism
- Mutualism
- Commensalism
- Co-evolution
- convergent evolution
- divergent
- cladogram
- phylogenetic tree
- vestigial structures
- homologous structures
- embryonic
- genetic conservation
Knowledge: Students know:
- Common ancestry and biological evolution are supported by multiple lines of empirical evidence including:
- Information derived from DNA sequences.
- Similarities of the patterns of amino acid sequences.
- Patterns in the fossil record.
- Pattern of anatomical and embryological similarities.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Examine historical explanations for the diversity of life on earth, including the work of Lamarck, Wallace, and Darwin.
- Analyze parasitic, mutualistic and commensalistic relationships to investigate large scale evolutionary strategies such as coevolution, convergent evolution and divergent evolution.
- Analyze fossil records, comparing the structure of extinct to existing species of living things.
- Analyze DNA or amino acid sequences of closely related and distantly related organisms.
- Construct a cladogram or phylogenetic tree using molecular sequences and fossil records.
- Compare and contrast vestigial and homologous structures in modern organisms.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Genetic information, like the fossil record, provides evidence of evolution. DNA sequences vary among species, but there are many overlaps—multiple lines of descent can be inferred by comparing the DNA sequences of different organisms.
- There are multiple lines of empirical evidence that support biological evolution.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Physical Anthropology: Comparing Fossil Hominids; Whale Evolution; Molecular Evolution; Reproduction, Development and Cellular Division; Caminacules
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.11: Modern ideas about evolution (including natural selection and common descent) provide a scientific explanation for the history of life on Earth as depicted in the fossil record and in the similarities evident within the diversity of existing organisms.
NAEP Statement:: L12.12: Molecular evidence substantiates the anatomical evidence for evolution and provides additional detail about the sequence in which various lines of descent branched.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.B.HS.16- Using fossil evidence, recognize that humans have changed in appearance over a very long period of time.
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
5 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
1 ) Obtain and communicate information from historical experiments (e.g., work
by Mendeleev and Moseley, Rutherford's gold foil experiment, Thomson's cathode
ray experiment, Millikan's oil drop experiment, Bohr's interpretation of bright
line spectra) to determine the structure and function of an atom and to analyze
the patterns represented in the periodic table.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Identify scientists whose experiments added to our knowledge of atomic structure and the arrangement of the periodic table.
- Obtain information about these scientists, their experiments, their discoveries about atomic structure, and how their discoveries aer represented on the periodic table.
- Communicate information in a manner that connects the scientific discovery to the structure and function of an atom as well as the patterns in the periodic table.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Atomic theory
- Periodic table history
- Macroscopic level
- Atomic/ molecular/ particulate level
Knowledge: Students know:
- Examples of scientists and scientific discoveries that changed our knowledge of atomic structure.
- How these scientific discoveries relate to the information found on the periodic table.
- Each atom has a charged substructure that consists of a nucleus, which is made of protons and neutrons, surrounded by electrons.
- The periodic table orders elements horizontally by the number of protons in the atom's nucleus and places those with similar properties in columns.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Obtain information from multiple, grade-level appropriate materials (text, media, visual displays, data).
- Communicate information from a variety of reliable sources in multiple formats (oral, graphical, textual, and/or mathematical).
Understanding: Students understand that:
- It is important to gather, read, and synthesize information from multiple appropriate sources and assess the credibility, accuracy, and possible bias of each publication and methods used.
- Our knowledge of the structure and function of the atom changed over time due to scientific discoveries, and the history of the periodic table traces our understanding of the atom.
- Macroscopic patterns are related to the nature of atomic/ molecular/ particulate level structure.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: History of the Atomic Theory; Excited Electrons; Coinium Isotopes of Atoms; Flame Tests
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.2: Electrons, protons, and neutrons are parts of the atom and have measurable properties, including mass and, in the case of protons and electrons, charge. The nuclei of atoms are composed of protons and neutrons. A kind of force that is only evident at nuclear distances holds the particles of the nucleus together against the electrical repulsion between the protons.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
2 ) Develop and use models of atomic nuclei to explain why the abundance-weighted average of isotopes of an element yields the published atomic mass.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Scale, Proportion, and Quantity Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Identify isotopes of elements.
- Develop a model that relates the published atomic mass of an element on the periodic table to the abundance of that element's isotopes.
- Use the model to determine the most common isotopic form of an element in nature.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Atomic mass
- Isotopes
- Abundance
- Weighted average
- Nucleus
- Protons
- Neutrons
- Macroscopic level
- Atomic/ molecular/ particulate level
Knowledge: Students know:
- Each atom has a charge substructure that consists of a nucleus, which is made of protons and neutrons, surrounded by electrons.
- The majority of an atom's mass comes from the protons and neutrons in the nucleus.
- Electrons have a very small mass, so they are not typically included in atomic mass calculations.
- Atoms of an element can have different masses, and we call those atoms isotopes.
- Isotopes of a given element have the same number of protons, but different number of neutrons.
- Most elements exist in nature in isotopic form.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop a model based on evidence to illustrate the relationship between the structure of the atom and the average atomic mass of an element.
- Use the model to make predictions.
- Calculate weighted averages.
- Determine the most common isotopic form of an element in nature.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Models can be computational or mathematical.
- The published atomic mass of an element is a weighted average of all known isotopes of that element.
- Macroscopic patterns are related to the nature of atomic/ molecular/ particulate level structure.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Calculating Average Atomic Mass Coinium Isotopes of Atoms, Coinium Isotopes of Atoms
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.4: In a neutral atom, the positively charged nucleus is surrounded by the same number of negatively charged electrons. Atoms of an element whose nuclei have different numbers of neutrons are called isotopes.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
17 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
15 |
|
3 ) Use the periodic table as a systematic representation to predict properties
of elements based on their valence electron arrangement.
a. Analyze data such as physical properties to explain periodic trends of
the elements, including metal/nonmetal/metalloid behavior, electrical/heat
conductivity, electronegativity and electron affinity, ionization energy, and
atomic-covalent/ionic radii, and how they relate to position in the periodic
table.
b. Develop and use models (e.g., Lewis dot, 3-D ball-and-stick, space-filling, valence-shell electron-pair repulsion [VSEPR]) to predict the type of bonding and shape of simple compounds.
c. Use the periodic table as a model to derive formulas and names of ionic
and covalent compounds.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns; Systems and System Models; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use the periodic table as a model to predict relationships between the arrangements of elements on the periodic table and the structure of the atom.
- Use the periodic table to predict the patterns of behavior of the elements based on the attraction and repulsion between electrically charged particles.
- Use the periodic table to predict the patterns of behavior of the elements based on the patterns of the valence electrons.
- Use the periodic table to predict the patterns in bonding and shape based on the patterns of the valence electrons.
- Use the arrangement of elements on the periodic table to name compounds.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Protons
- Neutrons
- Nucleus
- Electrons
- Valence
- Main group elements
- Properties
- Atoms
- Elements
- Periods/ Rows
- Groups/ Families/ Columns
- Atomic/ molecular level
- Macroscopic level
- Periodic trends
- metal/ nonmetal/ metalloid behavior
- electrical/ heat conductivity
- electronegativity
- electron affinity
- ionization energy
- atomic-covalent/ ionic radii
- Molecular modeling
- Lewis dot
- 3-D ball-and-stick
- space-filling
- VSEPR
- Types of bonds
- ionic bonds
- covalent/ molecular bonds
- metallic bonds
- Molecular shapes
- Ions
- Ionic compounds
- Covalent/ molecular compounds
Knowledge: Students know:
- The atom has a positively-charged nucleus, containing protons and neutrons, surrounded by negatively-charged electrons.
- The periodic table can be used to determine the number of particles in an atom of a given element.
- The relationship between the arrangement of main group elements on the periodic table and the pattern of valence electrons in their atoms.
- The relationship between the arrangement of elements on the periodic table and the number of protons in their atoms.
- The trends in relative size, reactivity, and electronegativity in atoms are based on attractions of the valence electrons to the nucleus.
- The number and types of bonds formed (i.e. ionic, covalent, metallic) by an element and between elements are based on the arrangement of valence electrons in the atoms.
- The shapes of molecules are based on the arrangement of valence electrons in the atoms.
- The rules for naming chemical compounds are based upon the type of bond formed.
- The number and charges in stable ions that form from atoms in a group of the periodic table are based on the arrangement of valence electrons in the atoms.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Predict relative properties of elements using the periodic table.
- Predict patterns in periodic trends based on the structure of the atom.
- Predict patterns in bonding and shape based on the structure of the atom.
- Use the periodic table to determine how elements will bond.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Models are based on evidence to illustrate the relationships between systems or between components of a system.
- Each atom has a charged substructure consisting of a nucleus, which is made of protons and neutrons, surrounded by electrons.
- The periodic table arranges elements into periods/ rows by the number of protons in the atom's nucleus.
- Elements with similar properties are placed into groups/ families/ columns based on the repeating pattern of valence electrons in their atoms.
- Attraction and repulsion between electrical charges at the atomic scale explain the structure, properites, and transformations of matter, as well as the contact forces between material objects.
- The attraction and repulsion of charged particles in the atom creates patterns of properties of elements.
- The arrangement of valence electrons in an atom also creates patterns of properties of elements.
- Elements form bonds based upon their valence electron arrangement.
- Chemical compounds are named based upon the type of bonds formed by their constituent atoms/ ions.
- Different patterns may be observed at the atomic/ molecular level and the macroscopic level.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Chemicool People; It's In The Cards; Paramagnetism and Diamagnetism; Periodic Trends; Properties of Elements; Chem Cubes; Chemical Nomenclature; Bond Types and Physical Properties; Covalent Bonding and Lewis Structures; Molecular Shape and Polarity; Elephant Toothpaste
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.6: An atom's electron configuration, particularly of the outermost electrons, determines how the atom can interact with other atoms. The interactions between atoms that hold them together in molecules or between oppositely charged ions are called chemical bonds.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
6 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
4 ) Plan and conduct an investigation to classify properties of matter as
intensive (e.g., density, viscosity, specific heat, melting point, boiling
point) or extensive (e.g., mass, volume, heat) and demonstrate how intensive
properties can be used to identify a compound.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Plan an investigation, considering the types, how much, and accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements.
- Evaluate investigation design to consider limitations on the precision of the data (e.g., number of trials, cost, risk, time).
- Conduct investigation as designed and if necessary, refine the plan to produce more accurate, precise, and useful data.
- Use evidence from investigation to classify properties as intensive or extensive.
- Use evidence from investigation to identify substances based on their intensive properties.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Properties
- Intensive properties and examples (e.g., density, viscosity, melting point, etc.)
- Extensive properties and examples (e.g., mass, volume, heat, etc.)
- Matter
- Macroscopic level
- Atomic/ molecular level
Knowledge: Students know:
- Properties of matter can be classified as intensive or extensive.
- Some examples of intensive properties of matter are, but are not limited to, density, boiling point, and specific heat.
- Some examples of extensive properties of matter are, but are not limited to, heat, mass, and volume.
- Intensive properties can be used to identify a substance.
- Some properties of matter are visible on the macroscopic level, while others are evident at the atomic/ molecular/ particulate level.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Plan an investigation that outlines the experimental procedure, including safety considerations, how data will be collected, number of trials, experimental setup, and equipment required.
- Determine the types, quantity, and accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements.
- Conduct an investigation to collect and record data that can be used to classify properties of matter as intensive or extensive.
- Classify properties of matter as intensive or extensive.
- Evaluate investigation design to determine the accuracy and precision of the data collected, as well as limitations of the investigation.
- Identify a compound based on its intensive properties.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Each pure substance has characteristic physical and chemical properties (for any bulk quantity under given conditions) that can be used to identify it.
- The data generated from an investigation serves as the basis for evidence.
- Macroscopic patterns are related to the nature of atomic/ molecular level structure.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Density of a Liquid; Thickness of Aluminum Foil; Intensive and Extensive Properties; Extraction and Identification of Dyes (Kool-Aid); Flame Test; Specific Heat; Melting Points
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
2 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
5 ) Plan and conduct investigations to demonstrate different types of simple
chemical reactions based on valence electron arrangements of the reactants and
determine the quantity of products and reactants.
a. Use mathematics and computational thinking to represent the ratio of
reactants and products in terms of masses, molecules, and moles.
b. Use mathematics and computational thinking to support the claim that
atoms, and therefore mass, are conserved during a chemical reaction.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations; Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns; Scale, Proportion, and Quantity; Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Plan an investigation, considering the types, how much, and accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements.
- Evaluate investigation design to consider limitations on the precision of the data (e.g., number of trials, cost, risk, time).
- Conduct investigation as designed and if necessary, refine the plan to produce more accurate, precise, and useful data.
- Use evidence from the investigation to explain how the patterns of valence electrons can be used to predict the number and types of bonds each element forms.
- Describe the cause and effect relationship between the observable macroscopic patterns of reactivity of elements in the periodic table, and the patterns of valence electrons for each atom.
- Determine the number of atoms, molecules, or ions of a component of a chemical reaction using moles, molar relationships, and Avogadro's number.
- Use stoichiometric calculations to support the claim that atoms, and therefore mass, are conserved during a chemical reaction.
- Use the mass of substances to determine the number of atoms, molecules, or ions using moles, molar relationships, and Avogadro's number.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Chemical reactions
- Valence electrons
- Reactants
- Products
- Macroscopic level
- Atomic/ molecular/ particulate level
- Ionic bonds
- Covalent/ molecular bonds
- Types of reactions:
- synthesis
- decomposition
- single replacement/ displacement
- double replacement/ displacement
- combustion
- Chemical reactions
- Reactants
- Products
- Chemical equations
- Coefficients
- Subscripts
- Mass
- Moles
- Mole ratio
- Ratio
- Atoms
- Conservation of matter
- Quantitative
- Qualitative
- Stoichiometry
Knowledge: Students know:
- The total number of atoms of each element in the reactants and in the products is the same.
- The number and types of bonds that each atom forms is determined by their valence electron arrangement.
- The valence electron state of the atoms that make up the reactants and the products is based on their location on the periodic table.
- Patterns of attraction allow the prediction of the type of reaction that occurs.
- Chemical equations are a mathematical representation of chemical reactions.
- Coefficients of a balanced chemical equation indicate the ratio in which substances react or are produced.
- Substances in a chemical reaction react proportionally.
- The mole is used to convert between the atomic/ molecular/ particulate and macroscopic levels.
- Mathematical representations may include calculations, graphs or other pictorial depictions.
- Matter cannot be created or destroyed but is conserved during a chemical change.
- Substances in a chemical reaction react proportionally.
- Conversion between the atomic/ molecular/ particulate and macroscopic levels requires the use of moles and Avogadro's number.
- Mathematical representations may include calculations, graphs or other pictorial depictions of quantitative information.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Plan an investigation that outlines the experimental procedure, including safety considerations, how data will be collected, number of trials, experimental setup, and equipment required.
- Conduct an investigation to collect and record data that can be used to classify reactions and determine the quantity of reactants and products.
- Write correct chemical formulas of products and reactants using valence electron arrangement.
- Demonstrate that the numbers and types of atoms are the same both before and after the reaction.
- Identify the numbers and types of bonds in both the reactants and products.
- Describe how the patterns of reactivity at the macroscopic level are determined using the periodic table.
- Identify reactants and products in a chemical reaction using a chemical equation.
- Balance chemical equations.
- Determine the number of atoms/ molecules and number of moles of each component in a chemical reaction using a balanced chemical equation.
- Determine the molar mass of all components of a chemical reaction.
- Calculate the mass number of atoms, molar mass and number of moles of substances in a chemical reaction.
- Calculate the mass of a component in a chemical reaction given the mass or number of moles of any other component using proportional relationships.
- Predict the number of atoms in the reactant and product at the atomic or molecular scale.
- Use mathematical representations to support the claim that atoms and therefore mass are conserved during a chemical reaction.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Theories and laws that describe the natural world operate today as they did in the past and will continue to do so in the future.
- Scientists plan and conduct investigations individually and collaboratively to produce data to serve as the basis for evidence.
- The periodic table orders elements horizontally by the number of protons and places those with similar properties into columns, which reflect patterns of valence electrons.
- The fact that atoms are conserved, together with knowledge of chemical properties of the elements involved, can be used to describe and predict chemical reactions.
- Different patterns may be observed at each level (macroscopic, atomic/ molecular, etc.) and can provide evidence to explain phenomena.
- Mathematical representations of phenomena are used to support claims and may include calculations, graphs or other pictorial depictions of quantitative information.
- The total amount of energy and matter in closed systems is conserved.
- Science assumes the universe is a vast single system in which basic laws are consistent.
- Mathematical representations of phenomena are used to support claims and may include calculations, graphs or other pictorial depictions of quantitative information.
- The fact that atoms are conserved, together with the knowledge of the chemical properties of the substances involved, can be used to describe and predict chemical reactions.
- The total amount of energy and matter in closed systems is conserved.
- Science assumes the universe is a vast single system in which basic laws are consistent.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Tortoise Island; Mole Concept; Chemical Changes; Chemical Reactions; Empirical Formulas; Color of Chemistry; Aluminum Leftovers; Aspirin Synthesis; Mass and Mole Relationships in Reactions; Using Stoichiometry to Identify the Products of a Reaction; Acid Titrations; Ideal Gas Law and Molar Volume
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.6: An atom's electron configuration, particularly of the outermost electrons, determines how the atom can interact with other atoms. The interactions between atoms that hold them together in molecules or between oppositely charged ions are called chemical bonds.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
11 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
9 |
|
6 ) Use mathematics and computational thinking to express the concentrations
of solutions quantitatively using molarity.
a. Develop and use models to explain how solutes are dissolved in solvents.
b. Analyze and interpret data to explain effects of temperature on the
solubility of solid, liquid, and gaseous solutes in a solvent and the effects of
pressure on the solubility of gaseous solutes.
c. Design and conduct experiments to test the conductivity of common ionic
and covalent substances in a solution.
d. Use the concept of pH as a model to predict the relative properties of
strong, weak, concentrated, and dilute acids and bases (e.g., Arrhenius and
Brønsted-Lowry acids and bases).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Planning and Carrying out Investigations; Analyzing and Interpreting Data; Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns; Cause and Effect; Scale, Proportion, and Quantity; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Determine the molarity of a solution given mass or moles of a solute and volume of a solvent.
- Represent the process of dissolving to identify the solute and solvent at the atomic/molecular/particulate level.
- Use data to predict how changes in temperature and pressure will affect solubility.
- Plan an investigation and in the design decide on types, how much, and accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements.
- Evaluate investigation design to consider limitations on the precision of the data (e.g., number of trials, cost, risk, time).
- Conduct investigation as designed and if necessary, refine the plan to produce more accurate, precise, and useful data.
- Use evidence from investigation to describe the relationship between conductivity of a solution and the components of the solution (ionic and covalent substances).
- Determine whether substances are acids or bases using the concept of pH.
- Predict the relative properties of acids and bases using the concept of pH.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Molarity
- Moles
- Volume
- Solution
- Solute
- Solvent
- Concentrations
- Dissolving
- Solubility
- Ionic
- Covalent
- atomic/ molecular/ particulate level
- macroscopic level
- pH
- hydronium ion
- hydroxide ion
- concentration
- concentrated
- dilute
- acids and bases (strong/ weak)
- properties
Knowledge: Students know:
- The mole is used to convert between the atomic/ molecular and macroscopic levels.
- Concentrations of solutions can be compared quantitatively using molarity.
- Mathematical representations may include calculations, graphs or other pictorial depictions of quantitative information.
- Solutions are a type of mixture that appears homogeneous at the macroscopic level but may be heterogeneous at the atomic/ molecular level.
- Solutes are the portion of a solution present in the lesser amount.
- Solvents are the portion of a solution present in the greater amount.
- Both temperature and pressure affect the solubility of solutes.
- The effect of temperature on the solubility of a liquid or solid solute differs from that of gaseous solutes.
- The effect of pressure on the solubility of gaseous solutes differs from that of liquid or solid solutes.
- The ability of a substance to conduct electricity is determined by the presence of charged particles that are able to move about freely.
- Ionic compounds typically conduct electricity when melted or dissolved in water because the charged particles are able to move about freely.
- Covalent compounds typically do not conduct electricty when melted or dissolved in water because there are no charged particles.
- Exceptions to the typical conductivity of solutions include strong acids, which ionize in water solutions.
- An acid has more hydronium ions than hydroxide ions.
- A base has more hydroxide ions than hydronium ions.
pH is a measure of the number of hydronium ions present in a solution.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify solute and solvent in a solution.
- Calculate the molarity of a solution.
- Represent the process of dissolving using a model.
- Analyze data using tools, technologies, and/ or models to identify relationships within the datasets.
- Use analyzed data as evidence to describe the relationships between temperature changes and pressure changes on solubility.
- Plan an investigation that outlines the experimental procedure, including safety considerations, how data will be collected, number of trials, experimental setup, and equipment required.
- Conduct a planned investigation to test the conductivity of common ionic and covalent substances in solution.
- Analyze collected and recorded data from investigation to determine conductivity of common ionic and covalent substances.
- Use the pH scale to determine if a substance is acidic or basic.
- Determine the concentration of hyfronium or hydroxide ions in a solution based on pH value.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Mathematical representations of phenomena are used to describe explanations.
- The properties of matter at the macroscopic level are determined by the interaction of particles at the atomic/ molecular level.
- Proportional relationships among different types of quantities provide information about the magnitude of properties.
- Models are used to predict the relationships between systems or components of a system.
- The properties of matter at the macroscopic level are determined by the interaction of particles at the atomic/ molecular level.
- Proportional relationships among different types of quantities provide information about the magnitude of properties.
- Data can be analyzed using tools, technologies, and/ or models (e.g., computational, mathematical) in order to make valid and reliable scientific claims.
- Different patterns may be observed at each of the scales at which a system is studied and ca provide evidence for causality in explanations of phenomena.
- The properties of matter at the macroscopic level are determined by the interaction of particles at the atomic/ molecular level.
- Empirical evidence is required to differentiate between cause and correlation and make claims about specific causes and effects.
- Scientists plan and conduct an investigation individually and collaboratively to produce data to serve as the basis for evidence, and in the design decide on types, how much, and accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements.
- The properties of matter at the macroscopic level are determined by the interaction of particles at the atomic/ molecular level.
- The function of a material and its macroscopic properties are related to the atomic/ molecular level structure of the material.
- Models are used to predict the relationships between systems or components of a system.
- The properties of matter at the macroscopic level are determined by the interaction of particles at the atomic/ molecular level.
- Proportional relationships among different types of quantities provide information about the magnitude of properties.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Temperature and Solubility; Conducting Solutions; Determining the Concentration of a Solution; Spectroscopy; Molarity; Acid Ionization; Acid Titrations
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.1: Differences in the physical properties of solids, liquids, and gases are explained by the ways in which the atoms, ions, or molecules of the substances are arranged and the strength of the forces of attraction between the atoms, ions, or molecules.
NAEP Statement:: P12.7: A large number of important reactions involve the transfer of either electrons (oxidation/reduction reactions) or hydrogen ions (acid/base reactions) between reacting ions, molecules, or atoms. In other chemical reactions, atoms interact with one another by sharing electrons to create a bond. An important example is carbon atoms, which can bond to one another in chains, rings, and branching networks to form, along with other kinds of atoms (hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur), a variety of structures, including synthetic polymers, oils, and the large molecules essential to life.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
6 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
5 |
|
7 ) Plan and carry out investigations to explain the behavior of ideal gases in
terms of pressure, volume, temperature, and number of particles.
a. Use mathematics to describe the relationships among pressure,
temperature, and volume of an enclosed gas when only the amount of gas is
constant.
b. Use mathematical and computational thinking based on the ideal gas law to determine molar quantities.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations; Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Scale, Proportion, and Quantity; Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Plan an investigation, considering the types of data, how much data, and accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements.
- Evaluate investigation design to determine the accuracy and precision of the data collected, as well as limitations of the investigation.
- Use evidence from investigation to explain the relationships among pressure, volume, temperature, and number of particles in a gaseous system.
- Mathematically describe the relationships of pressure, temperature, and volume of an enclosed gas, when only the amount of gas is constant.
- In terms of the ideal gas law, determine molar quantities using mathematical and computational thinking.
- Analyze, represent, and model data related to the gas laws using mathematical and computational thinking.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Pressure
- Volume
- Temperature
- Number of particles
- System
- Atomic/ molecular level
- Macroscopic level
- independent variable
- Dependent variable
- controlled variable(s)
- Direct proportional/ relationship
- Inverse proportional/ relationship
- Avogadro's Law
- Boyle's Law
- Charles' Law
- Gay-Lussac's Law (Amontons' Law)
- Ideal gas law
- Constant
Knowledge: Students know:
- Behavior of gases is determined by the movement and interactions of the particles.
- Relationships among the variables (pressure, volume, temperature, number of particles) can be used to predict the changes to a gaseous system.
- The movement and interactions of gas particles within a system and the type of sytem determine the behavior of gases.
- Relationships among the variables (pressure, volume, temperature, number of particles) can be used to predict the changes to a gaseous system.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Plan an investigation that describes experimental procedure, including how data will be collected, number of trials, experimental setup, and equipment required.
- Conduct an investigation to collect and record data that can be used to describe the relationship between the measureable properties of a substance and the motion of the particles of the substance.
- Analyze recorded data to explain the behavior of ideal gases in terms of pressure, volume, temperature, and number of particles.
- Identify relevant components in mathematical representations of the gas laws.
- Analyze data using tools, technologies, and/ or models (e.g., computational, mathematical) in order to make valid and reliable scientific claims.
- Use mathematical representations to determine the value of any relevant components in mathematical representations of the gas laws, given the other values.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Scientists plan and conduct investigations individually and collaboratively to produce data to serve as the basis for evidence.
- Changes in the variables that affect the motion of gas particles can be described and predicted using scientific investigations.
- The patterns of interactions between particles at the atomic/ molecular/ particulate level are reflected in the patterns of behavior at the macroscopic scale.
- Cause and effect relationships may be used to predict phenomena in natural or designed systems.
- Mathematical representations of phenomena are used to support claims and may include calculations, graphs or other pictorial depictions of quantitative information.
- Changes in the variables that affect the motion of gas particles can be described and predicted using scientific investigations.
- Cause and effect relationships may be used to predict phenomena in natural or designed systems.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Calcium Carbonate Decomposition AP
Boyle's Law
Ideal Gas Law and Molar Volume
7a. & 7b.
Emphasis is placed on the relationships between gas variables in the gas laws.
Mathematical thinking is emphasized over memorization and algorithmic problem-solving.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
8 ) Refine the design of a given chemical system to illustrate how
LeChâtelier's principle affects a dynamic chemical equilibrium when
subjected to an outside stress (e.g., heating and cooling a saturated sugar-
water solution).*
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions Crosscutting Concepts: Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Given a chemical system at dynamic equilibrium, identify stresses that can affect equilibrium using LeChatelier's principle and identify the results of those stresses on the system's equilibrium.
- Given a chemical system at dynamic equilibrium, describe criteria and constraints for refining the system's design.
- Given a chemical system at dynamic equilibrium, evaluate different stresses by comparing criteria and constraints.
- Refine the given system to increase product(s) and describe reasoning for refinements.
- Evaluate the claims, evidence, and reasoning behind explanations or solutions to determine the merits of arguments.
Teacher Vocabulary: - system
- dynamic equilibrium
- stresses
- LeChatelier's principle
- criteria
- constraints
- reversible reaction
- forward/ backward rates
- macroscopic level
- atomic/ molecular level
- claim
- evidence
- reasoning
Knowledge: Students know:
- Various stresses made at the macroscopic level, such as change in temperature, pressure, volume, concentration, affect a chemical system at the molecular level.
- Reaction rates of forward/ backward reactions change with stresses until rates are equal again.
- Forward/ reverse reactions occur at the same rate in dynamic equilibrium, so chemical systems appear stable at macroscopic level.
- The egineering design process is a cycle with no official starting or ending point, and, therefore, can be used repeatedly to refine your work.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Use the engineering design process (ask, imagine, plan, create, improve) to refine a chemical system.
- Refine a solution to a complex real-world problem, based on scientific knowledge, student-generated sources of evidence, prioritized criteria, and tradeoff considerations.
- Construct and revise an explanation based on valid and reliable evidence obtained from a variety of sources (including students' own investigations, models, theories, simulations, and peer review).
- Construct and present arguments supported by empirical evidence and scientific reasoning to support or refute an explanation or a model for a phenomenon or a solution to a problem.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Much of science deals with constructing explanations of how things change and how they remain stable.
- Solutions to real-world problems can be refined using scientific knowledge, student-generated sources of evidence, prioritized criteria, and tradeoff considerations.
- In many situations, a balance between a reaction and the reverse reaction determines the numbers of all types of molecules present.
- Criteria may need to be broken down into simpler ones and decisions about the priority of certain criteria over others (tradeoffs) may be needed.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: This standard does not require students to calculate equilibrium constants and concentrations. Chemical Equilibrium; Modeling Reversible Reactions and Determining "K"
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
9 ) Analyze and interpret data (e.g., melting point, boiling point, solubility,
phase-change diagrams) to compare the strength of intermolecular forces and how
these forces affect physical properties and changes.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Evaluate data to describe the relationship between the strength of intermolecular forces of a substance and the effect of those forces on the measureable properties (melting point, boiling point, solubility, etc.) of a substance.
Teacher Vocabulary: - physical properties
- melting point
- boiling point
- solubility
- phase-change diagrams
- Atomic/ molecular level
- Macroscopic level
- Particles
- ions
- atoms
- molecules
- networked materials (like graphite)
- Intermolecular/ electrical forces
- System
Knowledge: Students know:
- As kinetic energy is added to a system, the forces of attraction between particles can no longer keep the particles close together.
- Patterns of interactions between particles at the molecular level are reflected in the patterns of behavior at the macroscopic scale.
- Patterns observed at multiple levels (macroscopic, atomic/ molecular/ particulate) can provide evidence of the causal relationships between the strength of the electrical forces between particles and the structure of the substance at the macroscopic level.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Analyze and interpret data to describe why properties provide information about the strength of electrical forces between the particles of chosen substances, including phase-change diagrams.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Data is analyzed using tools, technologies, and/ or models (e.g., computational, mathematical) in order to make valid and reliable scientific claims.
- The structure and interactions of matter at the macroscopic level are determined by electrical forces within and between atoms.
- Different patterns may be observed at each of the levels at which a system is studied and can provide evidence for causality in explanations of phenomena.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Emphasis is on understanding the strengths of forces between particles, not on naming specific intermolecular forces (such as dipole-dipole). Fractional Distillation; Paper Chromatography - Ransom Notes; Melting Points; Evaporation and Intermolecular Forces
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.1: Differences in the physical properties of solids, liquids, and gases are explained by the ways in which the atoms, ions, or molecules of the substances are arranged and the strength of the forces of attraction between the atoms, ions, or molecules.
NAEP Statement:: P12.12: Heating increases the translational, rotational, and vibrational energy of the atoms composing elements and the molecules or ions composing compounds. As the translational energy of the atoms, molecules, or ions increases, the temperature of the matter increases. Heating a sample of a crystalline solid increases the vibrational energy of the atoms, molecules, or ions. When the vibrational energy becomes great enough, the crystalline structure breaks down and the solid melts.
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
10 ) Plan and conduct experiments that demonstrate how changes in a system (e.g.,
phase changes, pressure of a gas) validate the kinetic molecular theory.
a. Develop a model to explain the relationship between the average kinetic
energy of the particles in a substance and the temperature of the substance
(e.g., no kinetic energy equaling absolute zero [0K or -273.15oC]).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Energy and Matter; Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: Energy Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Investigation design should include types of data, how much data, accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements, and safety considerations.
- Evaluate investigation to determine the accuracy and precision of the data collected, as well as limitations of the investigation.
- Use data from experiment as evidence to describe the relationship between the measureable properties (state of matter, pressure, temperature) of a substance and the motion of the particles of the substance.
- Develop a model that explains how the average particle motion of a substance affects the temperature of the substance.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Kinetic molecular theory
- Kinetic energy
- phase changes
- Particle collisions
- Pressure
- Temperature
- Absolute zero
- Kelvin
- Celsius
- System
Knowledge: Students know:
- As the kinetic energy of colliding particles increases, the number of collisions increases and vice versa.
- Behavior of gases is determined by the movement and interactions of the particles.
- Particles of a gas are in rapid, constant motion and move in straight lines.
- The particles of a gas are tiny compared to the distance between them.
- Intermolecular forces do not affect the behavior of gases because of the large distance between the particles.
- Energy is conserved when gas particles collide (energy lost by one particle is gained by the other).
- Temperature is a measure of average kinetic energy of gas particles.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Plan an investigation that describes experimental procedure, including how data will be collected, number of trials, experimental setup, and equipment required.
- Conduct an investigation to collect and record data that can be used to describe the relationship between the measureable properties of a substance and the motion of the particles of the substance.
- Use evidence from experiment to show how changes to the system change the number of particle collisions.
- Develop a model based on evidence to illustrate/ explain the relationships between systems or between components of a system.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Scientists plan and conduct investigations individually and collaboratively to produce data to serve as the basis for evidence, and in the design decide on types, how much, and accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements.
- Much of science deals with constructing explanations of how things change and how they remain stable.
- Science assumes the universe is a vast single system in which basic laws are consistent.
- Models are used to illustrate the relationships between systems or between components of a system.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Focus of this standard is on the mathematical modeling of how changes to a system affect the properties and motion of particles in that system. Temperature - Pressure Relationship of Gases; Kinetic Molecular Theory; Energy Changes in Simple Distillation; Evaporation and Intermolecular Forces
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.12: Heating increases the translational, rotational, and vibrational energy of the atoms composing elements and the molecules or ions composing compounds. As the translational energy of the atoms, molecules, or ions increases, the temperature of the matter increases. Heating a sample of a crystalline solid increases the vibrational energy of the atoms, molecules, or ions. When the vibrational energy becomes great enough, the crystalline structure breaks down and the solid melts.
NAEP Statement:: P12.8: Atoms and molecules that compose matter are in constant motion (translational, rotational, or vibrational).
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Chemistry |
All Resources: |
5 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
11 ) Construct an explanation that describes how the release or absorption of
energy from a system depends upon changes in the components of the system.
a. Develop a model to illustrate how the changes in total bond energy
determine whether a chemical reaction is endothermic or exothermic.
b. Plan and conduct an investigation that demonstrates the transfer of
thermal energy in a closed system (e.g., using heat capacities of two components
of differing temperatures).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Planning and Carrying out Investigations; Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Systems and System Models; Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: Energy Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Explain how the release or absorption of energy from a system depends on changes that occur in the components of the system.
- Develop a model to illustrate how changes in total bond energy determine if a chemical reaction is endothermic or exothermic.
- Plan an investigation and in the design decide on types, how much, and accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements.
- Evaluate the investigation design to consider limitations on the precision of the data (e.g., number of trials, cost, risk, time) and to identify potential causes of apparent loss of energy from a closed system.
- Conduct investigation as designed and if necessary, refine the plan to produce more accurate, precise, and useful data.
- Use evidence from investigation to support the idea that the transfer of thermal energy when two components of different temperature are combined within a closed system results in a more uniform energy distribution among the components in the system.
Teacher Vocabulary: - System
- Surroundings
- Reactants
- Products
- Endothermic
- Exothermic
- Bond energy
- Molecular collisions
- Conservation of energy
- Closed system
- System boundaries
- Components
- Surroundings
- Conservation of energy
- Energy transfer
- Thermal energy
Knowledge: Students know:
- Energy is a quantitative property of a system that depends on the motion and interactions of matter and radiation within that system. That there is a single quantity called energy is due to the fact that a system's total energy is conserved, even as within the system, energy is continually transferred from one object to another and between its various possible forms.
- Models are developed based on evidence to illustrate the relationships between systems or between components of a system.
- A stable molecule has less energy than the same set of atoms separated; one must provide at least this energy in order to take the molecule apart.
- In chemical processes, whether or not energy is stored or released can be understood in terms of collisions of molecules and rearrangement of atoms into new molecules.
- The energy change within a system is accounted for by the change in the bond energies of the reactants and products.
- Breaking bonds requires an input of energy from the system or surroundings, and forming bonds releases energy to the system and surroundings.
- The energy transfer between systems and surroundings is the difference in energy between bond energies of the reactants and products.
- Although energy cannot be destroyed, it can be converted to less useful forms (i.e., to thermal energy in the surrounding environment).
- The overall energy of the system and surroundings is conserved during the reaction.
- Energy transfer occurs during molecular collisions.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Construct and revise an explanation based on valid and reliable evidence obtained from a variety of sources (students' own investigations, models, theories, simulations, peer review) and the assumption that theories and laws that describe the natrual world operate today as they did in the past and will continue to do so in the future.
- Apply scientific principles and evidence to provide an explanation of phenomena.
- Develop a model based on evidence to illustrate the relationships between systems or components of a system.
- Describe relationships between system components to illustrate that the net energy change within the system is due to bonds being broken and formed, that the energy transfer between the system and surroundings results from molecular collisions, and that the total energy change of the chemical reaction system is matched by an equal but opposite change of energy in the surroundings.
- Plan an investigation that describes experimental procedure (including safety considerations), how data will be collected, number of trials, experimental setup, equipment required, and how the closed system will be constructed and initial conditions of system.
- Conduct an investigation to collect and record data that can be used to calculate the change in thermal energy of each of the two components of the system.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Energy is a quantitative property of a system that depends on the motion and interactions of matter and radiation within that system. That there is a single quantity called energy is due to the fact that a system's total energy is conserved, even as within the system, energy is continually transferred from one object to another and between its various possible forms.
- When investigating or describing a system, the boundaries and initial conditions of the system need to be defined and their inputs and outputs analyzed and described using models.
- Models are developed based on evidence to illustrate the relationships between systems or between components of a system.
- A stable molecule has less energy than the same set of atoms separated; one must provide at least this energy in order to take the molecule apart.
- In chemical processes, whether or not energy is stored or released can be understood in terms of collisions of molecules and rearrangement of atoms into new molecules.
- Uncontrolled systems always evolve toward more stable states (i.e., toward more uniform energy distribution).
- The distribution of thermal energy is more uniform after the interaction of the hot and cold components.
- Energy cannot be created or destroyed, but it can be trasported from one place to another and transferred between systems.
- Scientists plan and conduct an investigation individually and collaboratively to produce data to serve as the basis for evidence and in the design, decide on types, how much, and accuracy of data needed to produce reliable measurements and consider limitations on the precision of data. Uncontrolled systems always evolve toward more stable states (i.e., toward more uniform energy distribution).
- The distribution of thermal energy is more uniform after the interaction of the hot and cold components.
- Energy cannot be created or destroyed, but it can be trasported from one place to another and transferred between systems.
- When investigating or describing a system, the boundaries and initial conditions of the system need to be defined and their inputs and outputs analyzed and described using models.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: This standard does not include calculating the total bond energy changes during a chemical reaction from the bond energies of reactants and products. 11b. Emphasis is on analyzing data from student investigations and using mathematical thinking to describe energy changes both quantitatively and conceptually. Examples could include mixing liquids at different initial temperatures or adding objects at different temperatures to water. Heat capacity values of components in the system should be obtained from scientific literature. Endothermic and Exothermic Reactions; Energy Content of Food; Hess's Law; Particle Collisions and Activation Energy; Excited electrons; Energy Changes in Simple Distillation; Elephant Toothpaste; Specific Heat
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.14: Chemical reactions either release energy to the environment (exothermic) or absorb energy from the environment (endothermic).
NAEP Statement:: P12.16: Total energy is conserved in a closed system.
NAEP Statement:: P12.5: Changes of state require a transfer of energy. Water has a very high specific heat, meaning it can absorb a large amount of energy while producing only small changes in temperature.‡
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
|
1 ) Investigate and analyze the use of nonrenewable energy sources (e.g.,
fossil fuels, nuclear, natural gas) and renewable energy sources (e.g., solar,
wind, hydroelectric, geothermal) and propose solutions for their impact on the
environment.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Identify renewable energy sources and nonrenewable energy sources.
- Analyze the uses of nonrenewable and renewable energy sources, and investigate any impacts these uses have on the environment.
- Use evidence to engage in argument of the pros and cons of using various renewable and nonrenewable energy sources.
- Propose mitigation of any environmental impact(s) resulting from the use of renewable and nonrenewable energy sources.
Teacher Vocabulary: - renewable resource
- nonrenewable resource
- consumption rate
- sustainability
- environmental policy
- conservation (Law of Conservation of Energy)
- 3 R's = reduce, reuse, recycle
- fossil fuels
- pollution
- energy efficiency
- resource extraction and harnessing
- alternative energy
- waste
- mining
- reclamation
- remediation
- mitigation
- biomass
- hydroelectric
- geothermal
- nuclear energy
- natural gas
- wind turbine
- solar power
- hybrid
- hydrogen fuel cell
Knowledge: Students know:
- Examples of renewable energy sources and nonrenewable energy sources, and the uses of each.
- The origin of different types of nonrenewable energy sources.
- How various types of renewable and nonrenewable energy sources are harvested, how harvesting may impact the surrounding environment, and how to reduce any negative impacts of harvesting these resources.
- How various types of renewable and nonrenewable energy sources are used, how using them may impact the environment, and how to reduce any negative impacts of using these resources.
- The sustainability of human societies and environmental biodiversity require responsible management of natural resources, including renewable and nonrenewable energy sources.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify various types of energy resources.
- Explain how various nonrenewable and renewable resources are used to provide energy.
- Analyze geographical data to ascertain resource availability and sustainability.
- Evaluate environmental strategies that promote energy resource sustainability.
- Design and/or refine a solution to mitigate negative impacts of using nonrenewable and renewable energy sources, or evaluate available design solutions based on scientific principles, empirical evidence, and logical arguments.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- All forms of energy production and resource extraction have associated economic, social, environmental, and geopolitical benefits as well as costs and risks.
- Scientific knowledge indicates what can happen in natural systems, not what should happen. What should happen involves ethics, values, and human decisions about the use of existing knowledge.
- Environmental feedback, whether negative or positive, can stabilize or destabilize a system.
- It is important to consider a range of constraints, including cost, safety, reliability, and aesthetics, and to take into account social, cultural, and environmental impacts when developing and/or evaluating solutions.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Tree Carbon Sequestration
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ES.HS.1- Distinguish between common renewable (e.g., solar, wind, hydroelectric, geothermal) and nonrenewable (fossil fuels, nuclear, natural gas) energy sources.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
2 ) Use models to illustrate and communicate the role of photosynthesis and
cellular respiration as carbon cycles through the biosphere, atmosphere,
hydrosphere, and geosphere.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Illustrate how photosynthesis and cellular respiration contribute to the cycling of carbon through the biosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere and geosphere.
- Communicate the importance of photosynthesis and cellular respiration in the carbon cycle, in which carbon is exchanged among the biosphere, atmosphere, oceans, and geosphere through chemical, physical, geological, and biological processes.
Teacher Vocabulary: - source/sink
- biotic and abiotic reservoirs
- biosphere
- atmosphere
- hydrosphere
- geosphere
- photosynthesis
- cellular respiration
- glucose
- carbon
- atmospheric CO2
- greenhouse gas
- methane
- decomposition
- fossil fuels (coal, oil, natural gas)
- combustion
- diffusion
- phytoplankton
- products
- reactants
Knowledge: Students know:
- The reactants and products of photosynthesis and cellular respiration, and know the relative nature of these two chemical processes.
- Examples of carbon sources and carbon sinks.
- Photosynthesis converts light energy to stored chemical energy by converting carbon dioxide and water into sugars (glucose) plus released oxygen.
- Sugars formed by photosynthesis are disassembled into chemical elements that recombine in different ways to form different products that are essential for all living things.
- The process of cellular respiration is a chemical process in which bonds of food molecules (sugars) and oxygen molecules are broken and energy is released along with the byproducts of carbon dioxide and water.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Use a model to illustrate the relationship between photosynthesis and cellular respiration.
- Identify the components of a model that illustrate carbon cycling through the atmosphere, biosphere, hydrosphere, and geosphere.
- Represent carbon cycling from one sphere to another, specifically indicating where it involves the processes of cellular respiration and photosynthesis.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The main way that solar energy is captured and stored ion Earth is through photosynthesis.
- Carbon is an essential element that takes on various chemical forms as it cycles within and among the biosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere, and geosphere.
- Cellular respiration works with photosynthesis to cycle energy through the biosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere, and geosphere.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Traveling Carbon Passport; Tree Carbon Sequestration; Global Carbon
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
3 ) Use mathematics and graphic models to compare factors affecting
biodiversity and populations in ecosystems.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Scale, Proportion, and Quantity Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use mathematical and/or graphical representations to compare factors affecting populations in an ecosystem.
- Use mathematical and/or graphical representations to compare factors affecting biodiversity in ecosystems.
- Compare the effects of limiting factors on biodiversity and populations in ecosystems.
Teacher Vocabulary: - interpolation
- extrapolation
- anthropogenic
- limiting factors
- biodiversity index
- species richness
- species evenness
- population
- graphic models
- population pyramid
- doubling time
- growth rate
- slope
- exponential growth
- population curve
- logistic growth model
- linear growth model
- constant growth
- density-dependent limiting factors
- density-independent limiting factors
- carrying capacity
- Biodiversity Treaty
- demographic transition
- correlation
- endangered species
- extinction
- survivorship
- sustainability
- population properties
- density and dispersion
- reproductive potential
Knowledge: Students know:
- The carrying capacity of an ecosystem results from such factors as availability of living and nonliving resources and from such challenges as predation, competition, and disease.
- Anthropogenic changes in the environment, including habitat destruction, pollution, introduction of invasive species, overexploitation, and climate change, can disrupt an ecosystem and threaten the survival of some species.
- Examples of mathematical representations include finding the average, determining trends, and using graphical comparisons of multiple sets of data.
- The difference between density-dependent and density-independent limiting factors, examples of each, and how each affects populations and biodiversity within an ecosystem.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Differentiate between constant and exponential growth.
- Use graphs to compare multiple sets of data.
- Determine trends in data sets.
- Use a variety of graphs and charts, including: (e.g., scatterplots, tables, line graphs, bar graphs, histograms) to evaluate the impact of factors on populations and biodiversity.
- Utilize interpolation, extrapolation and statistical analyses to determine relationships between biodiversity and population numbers.
- Make inferences and justify conclusions from sample surveys, experiments, and observational studies. (ALCOS Mathematics S-IC)
- Choose a scale and the origins in graphs (ALCOS Mathematics ALGI. 4.2) in order to accurately compare graphical data.
- Determine an appropriate graphic model to display relationships comparing populations by biodiversity.
- Describe how factors affecting ecosystems at one scale can cause observable changes in ecosystems at a different scale.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The number of populations in a given area reflects the biodiversity of that area.
- Ecosystems can exist in the same location on a variety of scales, and these populations can interact in ways that may, or may not, significantly alter the ecosystems.
- Using the concept of orders of magnitude, a model at one scale relates to a model at another scale.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Exponential Population Growth
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
4 ) Engage in argument from evidence to evaluate how biological or physical
changes within ecosystems (e.g., ecological succession, seasonal flooding,
volcanic eruptions) affect the number and types of organisms, and that changing
conditions may result in a new or altered ecosystem.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- From the given explanation, identify the claims to be evaluated, the evidence to be evaluated, and the reasoning to be evaluated.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how biological changes within ecosystems affect the number and types of organisms.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how physical changes within ecosystems affect the number and types of organisms.
- Engage in argument from evidence to assess how changing conditions may result in a new or altered ecosystem.
Teacher Vocabulary: - ecological succession
- seasonal flooding
- volcanic eruptions
- ecosystem
- biological changes
- physical changes
- keystone species
- pioneer species
- habitat alteration
- density-dependent limiting factors
- density-independent limiting factors
- primary succession
- secondary succession
- remediation/bioremediation
- symbiosis
- abiotic factors
- biotic factors
- food chain
- food web
- energy pyramid
- energy flow
- bioaccumulation
- ecological system
- ecosystem services
- deforestation
- organism
- species
- population
- community
- ecosystem
- biome
- biosphere
- desertification
- overharvesting
- overgrazing
- pathogen
- climax community
Knowledge: Students know:
- The components of a scientific argument including the claim, alternative claim, evidence, justification, and the challenge to the alternative claim.
- Factors that affect biodiversity.
- The relationships between species and the physical environment in an ecosystem.
- Examples of biological changes (e.g., ecological succession, disease) and physical changes (e.g., volcanic activity, desertification) that affect the number and types of organisms, and that may result in a new or altered ecosystem.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Use additional relevant evidence to assess the validity and reliability of the given evidence and its ability to support the proposed argument.
- Describe the strengths and weaknesses of the given claim in accurately explaining a particular response of the ecosystem to a changing condition, based on an understanding of factors that affect biodiversity and the relationships between species and the physical environment.
- Assess the logic of the reasoning, including the relationship between degree of change and stability in ecosystems, and the utility of the reasoning in supporting the explanation.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- A complex set of interactions within an ecosystem can keep its numbers and types of organisms relatively constant over long periods of time under stable conditions.
- When modest biological or physical disturbances occur in an ecosystem, it returns more or less to its original status (i.e., it is resilient).
- Extreme fluctuations in conditions or the size of any population, however, can challenge the functioning of an ecosystem in terms of resources and habitat availability, and can even result in a new ecosystem.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Predator-Prey Populations; Bluegill Limiting Factors; Limiting Factors; Bio-Assessment; Changes in an Ecosystem
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.7: Although the interrelationships and interdependence of organisms may generate biological communities in ecosystems that are stable for hundreds or thousands of years, ecosystems always change when climate changes or when one or more new species appear as a result of migration or local evolution. The impact of the human species has major consequences for other species.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ES.HS.4- Recognize changes within ecosystems that affect the number and types of organisms in that ecosystem.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
5 ) Engage in argument from evidence to compare how individual versus group
behavior (e.g., flocking; cooperative behaviors such as hunting, migrating, and
swarming) may affect a species' chance to survive and reproduce over time.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- From the given explanation, identify the claims to be evaluated, the evidence to be evaluated, and the reasoning to be evaluated.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how individual behavior affects a species' chances of survival and reproduction over time.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how group behavior affects a species' chances of survival and reproduction over time.
- Compare, using evidence, the affects of individual behavior and group behavior on a species' potential to survive and reproduce over time.
Teacher Vocabulary: - natural selection
- genetics
- proximity
- recognition mechanism
- stability
- dynamic grouping
- social isolation
- equal status
- hierarchy
- communication
- social drive
- flocking
- hunting
- migrating
- swarming
- herding
- schooling
- evolution
- coevolution
Knowledge: Students know:
- Appropriate and sufficient evidence and scientific reasoning must be used to defend and critique claims and explanations.
- The difference between group and individual behavior.
- Examples and descriptions of social interactions and group behavior, including but not limited to: flocking, schooling, herding, and cooperative behaviors like hunting, migrating, and swarming.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Evaluate scientific and/or technical information from multiple reliable sources to determine how individual behavior and group behavior affect a species' chance to survive and reproduce.
- Assess the validity, reliability, strengths, and weaknesses of the evidence.
- Identify evidence for causal relationships between specific group behaviors (e.g., schooling, herding, migrating, swarming, flocking) and individual survival and reproduction rates.
- Evaluate the evidence for the degree to which it supports a causal claim that group behavior can have a survival advantage for some species, including how the evidence allows for distinguishing between causal and correlational relationships as well as how it supports cause and effect relationships between various kinds of group behavior and individual survival rates.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Empirical evidence is required to differentiate between cause and correlation and make claims about specific causes and effects.
- Group behavior can increase the chances for an individual and a species to survive and reproduce.
- Group behavior has evolved because membership can increase the changes of survival for individuals and their genetic relatives.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
6 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information to describe how human
activity may affect biodiversity and genetic variation of organisms, including
threatened and endangered species.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain and evaluate information about how human activity may affect biodiversity, including threatened and/or endangered species.
- Obtain and evaluate information about how human activity may affect genetic variation of organisms (for multiple species).
- Use at least two different formats (e.g., orally, graphically, textually, and mathematically) to communicate scientific information regarding the effect of human activity on biodiversity and genetic variation of organisms.
Teacher Vocabulary: - speciation
- extinction
- genetic variation
- anthropogenic
- overpopulation
- overexploitation
- habitat destruction/habitat alteration
- pollution
- invasive species
- climate change
- threatened species
- endangered species
- habitat fragmentation
- desertification
- deforestation
- urbanization
- manufacturing
- globalization
- ecological indicators
Knowledge: Students know:
- Biodiversity is increased by the formation of new species (speciation) and decreased by the loss of species (extinction).
- Humans depend on the living world for the resources and other benefits provided by biodiversity.
- Anthropogenic (caused by humans) changes in the environment can disrupt an ecosystem and threaten the survival of some species.
- Examples of human activities that may adversely affect biodiversity and genetic variation of organisms include but are not limited to: overpopulation, overexploitation, habitat destruction, pollution, climate change, and introduction of invasive species.
- Knowledge of the various formats to communicate scientific information (e.g., oral, graphical, textual, and mathematical).
Skills: Students are able to:
- Evaluate scientific and/or technical information from multiple credible sources about the effects of various human activities on biodiversity and genetic variation of organisms.
- Synthesize evidence to describe how human activities, like overpopulation, urbanization, pollution, etc. affect biodiversity and genetic variation of organisms.
- Communicate informative/explanatory conclusions through the effective selection, organization, and analysis of content.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Changes in the physical environment can be created by naturally occurring events or may be human induced. Regardless of the cause, these changes may have contributed to the expansion of some species, the emergence of new and distinct species and the decline, and the possible extinction, of some species.
- Biodiversity is increased by the formation of new species and decreased by the loss of species.
- Humans depend on the living world for the resources and other benefits provided by biodiversity. But human activity is also having adverse impacts on biodiversity through overpopulation, overexploitation, habitat destruction, pollution, introduction of invasive species, and climate change.
- Sustaining biodiversity so that the functioning of an ecosystem can be maintained is essential to supporting and enhancing life on Earth. Sustaining biodiversity also aids humanity by preserving landscapes of recreational or inspirational value.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Bio-Assessment *Use technology, including the internet, to produce and publish writing and to interact and collaborate with others (ALCOS Appendix A, p. 65)
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: L12.7: Although the interrelationships and interdependence of organisms may generate biological communities in ecosystems that are stable for hundreds or thousands of years, ecosystems always change when climate changes or when one or more new species appear as a result of migration or local evolution. The impact of the human species has major consequences for other species.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ES.HS.6- Describe human activities that may affect ecosystems in positive and negative ways.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
7 ) Analyze and interpret data to investigate how a single change on Earth's
surface may cause changes to other Earth systems (e.g., loss of ground
vegetation causing an increase in water runoff and soil erosion).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Organize and analyze data that represent measurements of changes in the hydrosphere, atmosphere, biosphere, cryosphere, or geosphere in response to a change in Earth's surface.
- Analyze and interpret data to identify any effects a single change on Earth's surface may cause to other Earth systems (e.g., how damming a river increases groundwater recharge, decreases sediment transport, and increases coastal erosion or how losing ground vegetation causes an increase in water runoff and soil erosion).
- Identify and describe relationships in the datasets, including the relationships between the changes in one system and changes in another (or within the same) system.
Teacher Vocabulary: - soil erosion
- hydrosphere
- geosphere
- cryosphere
- atmosphere
- biosphere
- deposition
- conduction
- convection
- reflection
- absorption
- feedback (positive or negative)
- tectonic plates
- catastrophic events (natural and human-caused) — volcano, mudflow, earthquake, Tsunami, flooding, drought, forest fire, oil spills, coral bleaching
Knowledge: Students know:
- The components and basic interactions of Earth's systems.
- The foundation for Earth's global climate systems is the electromagnetic radiation from the sun, as well as its reflection, absorption, storage, and redistribution among the atmosphere, ocean, and land systems, and this energy's reradiation into space.
- There are various factors that alter the Earth's surface, including but not limited to: conduction, convection, reflection, absorption, erosion, deposition, and greenhouse gases.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Analyze data using tools, technologies, and/or models in order to make reliable scientific claims about how a single change on Earth's surface may cause changes to other Earth systems.
- Analyze data to describe a mechanism for the feedbacks between two of Earth's systems and whether the feedback is positive or negative, increasing (destabilizing) or decreasing (stabilizing) the original changes.
- Compare and contrast various types of data sets to examine consistency of measurements and observations, and acknowledge how variation or uncertainty in the data (e.g., limitations, accuracy, any bias in the data resulting from choice of sample, scale, instrumentation, etc.) may affect the interpretation of the data.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- A single change to the Earth's surface can cause changes to other Earth systems as a result of the dynamic and interacting nature of these systems.
- Earth's systems, being dynamic and interacting, cause feedback effects that can increase or decrease the original change.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
8 ) Engage in an evidence-based argument to explain how over time Earth's systems affect the biosphere and the biosphere affects Earth's systems (e.g., microbial life increasing the formation of soil; corals creating reefs that alter patterns of erosion and deposition along coastlines).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Develop a claim, based on data and evidence, to explain the simultaneous coevolution of Earth's systems and life on Earth (e.g., how microbial life on land increases the formation of soil which in turn allows for the proliferation of land plants; how corals reating reefs alters patterns of erosion and deposition along coastlines and provides habitats for diverse life forms).
- Use at least two examples to construct oral and written logical arguments that identify causal links and feedback mechanisms between changes in the biosphere and change in Earth's other systems.
- Identify and describe evidence supporting the argument, including scientific explanations about the composition of Earth's atmosphere shortly after its formation, current atmospheric composition, evidence for the emergence of photosynthetic organisms, evidence for the effect of the presence of free oxygen on evolution and processes in other Earth systems, in the context of the selected argument.
Teacher Vocabulary: - weathering
- deposition
- leaching
- desertification
- photosynthesis
- chemosynthesis
- closed system
- open system
- eutrophication
- evapotranspiration
- biogeochemical cycles — carbon, nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen, hydrologic
Knowledge: Students know:
- The components of a scientific argument including the claim, alternative claim, evidence, justification, and the challenge to the alternative claim.
- The dynamic causes, effects, and feedbacks between the biosphere and Earth's other systems, through which geoscience factors influence the evolution of life which in turn continuously alter Earth's surface.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Evaluate the claims, evidence, and/or reasoning behind currently accepted explanations to determine how, over time, Earth's systems affect the biosphere and the biosphere affects Earth's systems.
- Evaluate the evidence, and include a statement in the claim or argument, regarding how variation or uncertainty in the data may affect the usefulness of the data as a source of evidence.
- Assess the ability of the data to be used to determine causal or correlational effects between changes in the biosphere and changes in Earth's other systems.
- Generalize from multiple sources of evidence an oral or written argument explaining how Earth's systems affect the biosphere and the biosphere affects Earth's systems.
- Identify causal links and feedback mechanisms between changes in the biosphere and changes in Earth's other systems.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Gradual atmospheric changes were due to plants and other organisms that captured carbon dioxide and released oxygen.
- The dynamic and delicate feedbacks between the biosphere and other Earth systems cause a continual coevolution of Earth's surface and the life that exists on it.
- Much of science deals with constructing explanations of how things change and how they remain stable.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Global Carbon
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
9 ) Develop and use models to trace the flow of water, nitrogen, and phosphorus
through the hydrosphere, atmosphere, geosphere, and biosphere.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Develop a model to identify and describe the flow of water, nitrogen, and phosphorus through the hydrosphere, atmosphere, geosphere, and biosphere.
- Use the model to illustrate the relationships among the components of the water, nitrogen, and phosphorus cycles, including how matter flows through the different spheres and how chemical elements are recombined to form different products.
Teacher Vocabulary: - nitrogen cycle — nitrates, nitrites, nitrification, denitrification, ammonia, nitrogen-fixing bacteria, nitrogen fixation, ammonification
- carbon cycle — photosynthesis, respiration, combustion, sedimentation, erosion, hydrologic cycle, evaporation, transpiration, evapotranspiration, precipitation, condensation, sublimation, percolation
- phosphorus cycle — phosphates, decomposition
- diffusion
- acid precipitation
- mental model
- conceptual model
- functional model
- analogy
Knowledge: Students know:
- The pathways by which nitrogen, phosphorus, and water move through the hydrosphere, atmosphere, geosphere, and biosphere.
Students know:
- How to use mathematical computations to solve for the motion of an object.
- How to analyze both linear and nonlinear graphs of motion.
- Laboratory safety procedures.
- Appropriate units of measure.
- Basic trigonometric functions of sine, cosine and tangent.
- How to determine area under a curve on a graph.
Students know:
- How to use mathematical computations to solve for the motion of an object.
- How to analyze both linear and nonlinear graphs of motion.
- Laboratory safety procedures.
- Appropriate units of measure.
- Basic trigonometric functions of sine, cosine and tangent.
- How to determine area under a curve on a graph.
ich nitrogen, phosphorus, and water move through the hydrosphere, atmosphere, geosphere, and biosphere. Skills: Students are able to:
- Model biogeochemical cycles that include the cycling of water, nitrogen, and phosphorus through the hydrosphere, atmosphere, geosphere, and biosphere (including humans).
- Use simulations to obtain, evaluate, and communicate information about biogeochemical cycles.
- Use simulations to analyze and interpret data related to how matters moves through biogeochemical cycles.
- Synthesize, develop, and use models to show relationships between systems and their components in the natural and designed world(s).
Understanding: Students understand that:
- As matter flows through the hydrosphere, atmosphere, geosphere, and biosphere, chemical elements are recombined in different ways to form different products.
- The total amount of matter in closed systems is conserved.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Traveling Nitrogen Passport; Traveling Phosphorus Passport
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
10 ) Design solutions for protection of natural water resources (e.g.,
bioassessment, methods of water treatment and conservation) considering
properties, uses, and pollutants (e.g., eutrophication, industrial effluents,
agricultural runoffs, point and nonpoint pollution resources).*
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Design, evaluate, and/or refine a solution for the protection of natural water resources considering properties, uses, and pollutants based on scientific knowledge, student-generated sources of evidence, prioritized criteria, and tradeoff considerations.
Teacher Vocabulary: - bioassessment
- water conservation
- water treatment
- eutrophication
- industrial effluents
- agricultural runoff
- point pollution
- nonpoint pollution
- Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
- EPA Safe Drinking Water Act
- Clean Water Act
- hydrological cycle
- watershed
- free and total chlorine
- total hardness
- pH
- total alkalinity
- nitrate
- nitrite
- contaminant
- aquifer
- surface water
- groundwater
- permeability
- recharge zone
- potable
- pathogens
- water management
- dam
- reservoir
- heavy metals
- wastewater
- desalination
- water table
- industrial waste
- sludge
- phytoremediation
- mechanical treatment - precipitators, scrubbers, trickling filters, flocculation
- sedimentation
- suspended solids
Knowledge: Students know:
- The types and uses of natural water resources.
- Structure of a watershed and its functions through time.
- Strategies for water management and conservation.
- Sources of freshwater and ocean water pollution.
- Legislation that addresses the protection of natural water resources.
- Methods of water treatment.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify sources of point and nonpoint contamination.
- Identify natural water resources and factors that affect them.
- Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information on the properties, uses, and pollutants of natural water resources.
- Analyze and interpret data to evaluate water resources and EPA standard limits.
- Make a quantitative or qualitative claim regarding the relationship between a natural water resource and a factor that negatively impacts its use/function.
- Investigate and assess the health of natural water resources.
- Design or refine a solution to protect natural water resources, based on scientific knowledge, student-generated sources of evidence, prioritized criteria, and trade-off considerations.
- Identify costs, safety, aesthetics, reliability, cultural and environmental impacts of proposed solution.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Resource availability has guided the development of human society.
- Scientists and engineers can develop technologies that produce less pollution and waste and that preclude ecosystem degradation.
- When evaluating solutions, cost, safety, reliability, and aesthetics must be taken into consideration, as well as any social, cultural, and environmental impacts.
- The sustainability of human societies and the biodiversity that supports them requires responsible management of natural resources.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Solutions for Clean Water
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ES.HS.10- Recognize factors that affect natural water sources (e.g., pollution, agricultural runoffs) and identify ways humans can protect them (e.g., methods of water treatment and conservation).
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
11 ) Engage in argument from evidence to defend how coastal, marine, and
freshwater sources (e.g., estuaries, marshes, tidal pools, wetlands, beaches,
inlets, rivers, lakes, oceans, coral reefs) support biodiversity, economic
stability, and human recreation.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain scientific information to generate an argument for the preservation of coastal, marine, and freshwater sources based on their foundational support of biodiversity, economic stability, and human recreation.
- Consider cost, safety, aesthetics, reliability, cultural, and environmental impacts in generating the argument.
- Use appropriate and sufficient evidence and scientific reasoning to defend and critique currently accepted claims and explanations.
Teacher Vocabulary: - estuary
- marsh
- tidal pool
- wetlands
- beaches
- inlet
- river
- lake
- ocean
- coral reef
- biodiversity
- economic stability
- coastal
- marine
- freshwater
- fisheries
- oil
- natural gas
- offshore industries
- transportation
- tourism
Knowledge: Students know:
- Classification of aquatic ecosystems.
- Components and functions of wetlands, marine ecosystems, freshwater ecosystems, estuaries, and coral reefs.
- Management strategies of aquatic sources.
- Knowledge of abiotic and biotic factors and their interactions in aquatic biomes.
- Economic stability is sustained by a multitude of factors, including, but not limited to, offshore drilling, fishing industry, tourism, transportation.
- Environmental benefits of aquatic sources include critical habitats, breeding sites, and migratory paths for a wide variety of species.
- Many humans rely on coastal, marine, and freshwater sources for food, recreation, and jobs.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Argue from evidence to defend how coastal, marine, and freshwater sources support biodiversity, economic stability, and human recreation.
- Apply scientific reasoning, theory, and/or models to link evidence to claims to assess the extent to which the reasoning and data support how aquatic resources support biodiversity, economic stability, and human recreation.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Coastal, freshwater, and marine sources support biodiversity, economic stability, and human recreation.
- The sustainability of human societies and the biodiversity that supports them requires responsible management of natural resources.
- Change and rates of change to systems can be quantified over short or long periods of time, and some system changes are irreversible.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Aquatic Ecosystems
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
12 ) Analyze and interpret data and climate models to predict how global or
regional climate change can affect Earth's systems (e.g., precipitation and
temperature and their associated impacts on sea level, glacial ice volumes, and
atmosphere and ocean composition).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze and interpret data (e.g., graphs) from global climate models (e.g., computational simulations) and regional climate observations to predict how any changes may affect the physical parameters or chemical composition of the atmosphere, geosphere, hydrosphere, cryosphere, and/or biosphere.
Teacher Vocabulary: - global climate change
- abiotic reservoirs
- biotic reservoirs
- photosynthesis
- cellular respiration
- Greenhouse Effect
- Industrial Revolution
- carbon sequestration
- non-fossil fuel energy sources
- carbon footprint
- sea level variations
- temperature
- precipitation
- chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) = refrigerants, aerosols, foams, propellants, solvents
- methane
- nitrous oxide
- water vapor
- Kyoto Protocol
- IPCC
- The Paris Agreement
- UNFCCC
Knowledge: Students know:
- Gases that absorb and radiate heat in the atmosphere are greenhouse gases.
- Increasing greenhouse gases increases global temperature that may result in climate change.
- Climate change can produce potentially serious environmental problems that affect Earth's systems.
- Global awareness and policies have been established in response to the potential threats caused by global climate change.
- Examples of evidence for climate change (such as precipitation and temperature) and their associated impacts (e.g., affects on sea level, glacial ice volumes, and atmospheric and oceanic composition).
- The outcomes predicted by climate models depend on the amounts of greenhouse gases added to the atmosphere each year and by the ways in which these gases are absorbed by the hydrosphere and biosphere.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Compare and contrast greenhouse gas production in developed and developing countries.
- Analyze the data and identify and describe relationships within the datasets, including changes over time on multiple scales and relationships between quantities in the given data.
- Analyze data using tools, technologies, and/or models in order to make valid and reliable scientific claims about global climate change.
- Analyze the data to describe a selected aspect of present or past climate and the associated physical parameters (e.g., temperature, precipitation, sea level) or chemical composition.
- Analyze the data to predict the future effect of a selected aspect of climate change on the physical parameters (e.g., temperature, precipitation, sea level) or chemical composition (e.g., ocean pH) of the atmosphere, geosphere, hydrosphere, or cryosphere.
- Describe whether the predicted effect on the system is reversible or irreversible.
- Identify sources of uncertainty in the prediction of the effect in the future of a selected aspect of climate change.
- Identify limitations of the models that provided the data and ranges used to make the predictions.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Important discoveries are still being made about how the ocean, the atmosphere, and the biosphere interact and are modified in response to changing climate conditions.
- Scientific knowledge is based on empirical evidence, and scientific arguments are strengthened by multiple lines of evidence supporting a single explanation.
- The magnitudes of human impact are greater than they have ever been, and so too are human abilities to model, predict, and manage current and future impacts .
- Change and rates of change to systems can be quantified over short or long periods of time, and some system changes are irreversible.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Global Carbon; Global Climate Change: Human Impact
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
13 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information based on evidence to explain
how key natural resources (e.g., water sources, fertile soils, concentrations of
minerals and fossil fuels), natural hazards, and climate changes influence human
activity (e.g., mass migrations).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain and evaluate valid and reliable information based on evidence that explains how human activity is influenced by key natural resources, natural hazards, and climate.
- Use multiple formats to communicate scientific ideas of specific cause and effect relationships between environmental factors and features of human societies, including population size and migration patterns.
- Communicate how technology in modern civilization has mitigated some of the effects of natural hazards, climate, and the availability of natural resources on human activity.
Teacher Vocabulary: - natural hazards - earthquake, volcano, tsunami, soil erosion, hurricane, drought, flood
- natural resources - fresh water, fertile soil, minerals, fossil fuels
- climate change
- acid precipitation
- acid shock
- biodegradable material
- greenhouse gases
- demographic change
- desalinization
- ecological footprint
- fuel cell
- hydroelectric energy
- land use planning
- leachate
- limiting resource
- migration
- natural selection
- nuclear energy
- solar heating
- petroleum
- sustainability
- urbanization
- urban sprawl
Knowledge: Students know:
- Examples of natural resources, natural hazards, and climate changes.
- Over time, historical technological advances have been made in response to limited natural resources, increasing natural hazards, and climate change.
- Resource availability has guided the development of human society.
- Natural hazards have shaped the course of human history and have altered the sizes and distributions of human populations.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and evaluate scientific and/or technical information from multiple authoritative sources, assessing the evidence and usefulness of each source.
- Analyze and interpret data regarding human activity over time, including how features of human societies have been affected by availability of natural resources and how human populations have depended on technological systems to acquire natural resources and modify physical settings.
- Describe the reasoning for how the evidence allows for the distinction between causal and correlational relationships between environmental factors and human activity.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Resource availability has guided the development of human society.
- Natural hazards, changes in climate, and the availability of natural resources have had and will continue to have an effect on the features of human society, including population sizes and migration patterns.
- Technology has changed the cause and effect relationship between the development of human society and natural hazards, climate, and natural resources.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ES.HS.13- Recognize natural resources (e.g., water sources, fertile soil) and natural hazards (e.g., volcanoes, erosion) that influence human activity.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
14 ) Analyze cost-benefit ratios of competing solutions for developing,
conserving, managing, recycling, and reusing energy and mineral resources to
minimize impacts in natural systems (e.g., determining best practices for
agricultural soil use, mining for coal, and exploring for petroleum and natural
gas sources).*
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Evaluate the competing solutions for the development, conservation, management, recycling, and reusing of energy and/or natural resources that minimize impacts on natural systems. Analysis should include the relative strengths of the given design solution, the reliability and validity of the evidence used to evaluate the design solutions, and the constraints within which each design was created, including costs, safety, reliability, and aesthetics evaluation.
Teacher Vocabulary: - mineral resources — ore mineral, metal, non-metal, subsurface mining, surface mining, placer deposit, smelting, subsidence, reclamation
- hydrothermal solutions
- solar evaporation
- sustainability
- fossil fuels
- electric generator
- petroleum
- natural gas
- fracking
- oil reserves
- nuclear energy
- nuclear fusion
- renewable energy
- nonrenewable energy
- active solar heating
- biomass fuel
- geothermal energy
- energy efficiency
- energy conservation
- ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC)
- fuel cell
- hybrid
- biodegradable
- source reduction
- compost
- economics
- gross national product
- no till farming
- land use planning
Knowledge: Students know:
- National and global patterns of energy consumption and production.
- State and federal regulations for mining and reclamation of mined land, and the environmental consequences of mining.
- Factors that influence the value of a fuel.
- The advantages and disadvantages of the following: fossil fuels, nuclear energy, and alternative energies.
- The uses of mineral resources as well as how they are formed.
- The components of a cost-benefit of ratio.
- The basic economic principle of supply and demand.
- When evaluating solutions, it is important to consider cost, safety, reliability, and aesthetics, as well as cultural, social, and environmental impacts
Skills: Students are able to:
- Evaluate the evidence for each design solutions, including societal needs for the energy or mineral resource, the cost of extracting or developing the energy reserve or mineral resource, the costs and benefits of the given design solutions, and the feasibility, costs, and benefits of recycling or reusing the mineral resource.
- Use logical arguments, based on empirical evidence, evaluation of the design solutions, costs and benefits (both economical and environmental), and scientific ideas, to support one design over the other.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- All forms of energy production and other resource extraction have associated economic, social, environmental, and geopolitical costs and risks as well as benefits. New technologies and social regulations can change the balance of these factors.
- Scientific knowledge indicates what can happen in natural systems - not what should happen. The latter involves ethics, values, and human decisions about the use of knowledge.
- Modern civilization depends on major technological systems. These systems are continuously modified to increase benefits while decreasing costs and risks.
- New technologies can have significant impacts on society and the environment, including some that were not anticipated.
- Analysis of cost-benefit ratios is an essential component to making decisions regarding the use of technology.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
15 ) Construct an explanation based on evidence to determine the relationships
among management of natural resources, human sustainability, and biodiversity
(e.g., resources, waste management, per capita consumption, agricultural
efficiency, urban planning).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use valid and reliable evidence obtained from a variety of sources to explain the relationships among management of natural resources, human sustainability, and biodiversity.
Teacher Vocabulary: - solid waste — biodegradable, landfill, leachate, municipal solid waste
- agricultural efficiency — no till farming, compost, contour plowing
- waste management — source reduction, recycling, compost
- hazardous waste — deep well injection, surface impoundment
- urban planning — urbanization, urban sprawl, infrastructure, heat island, land use planning, global information system (GIS)
- resource extraction
- per capita consumption
- conservation
Knowledge: Students know:
- There is a dynamic relationship between natural resources and the biodiversity and human populations that depend on them.
- Resource availability has guided the development of human society.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify factors that affect the management of natural resources, including but not limited to cost of resource extraction, per capita consumption, and waste management.
- Identify factors affecting human sustainability and biodiversity, including but not limited to agricultural efficiency, conservation, and urban planning.
- Analyze evidence describing relationships among natural resources, human sustainability, and biodiversity.
- Make a qualitative and/or quantitative claim regarding the relationships among management of natural resources, human sustainability, and biodiversity.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The sustainability of human societies and the biodiversity that supports them requires responsible management of natural resources.
- Factors affecting one component of a system also have the potential to impact the other components of the system, thus it is critical to seek to understand the relationships among the components (i.e., management of natural resources, biodiversity, and human sustainability).
- New technologies can have significant impacts on society and the environment, including some that were not anticipated.
- Feedback (negative or positive) can stabilize or destabilize a system.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
16 ) Obtain and evaluate information from published results of scientific
computational models to illustrate the relationships among Earth's systems and
how these relationships may be impacted by human activity (e.g., effects of an
increase in atmospheric carbon dioxide on photosynthetic biomass, effect of
ocean acidification on marine populations).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Evaluate and use information from scientific computational models to illustrate how human activity could affect the relationships between Earth's systems.
Teacher Vocabulary: - greenhouse gases
- climate change
- computational models
- emissions
- dynamic
- Kyoto Protocol
- biomass
- ocean acidification
- hydrosphere
- cryosphere
- geosphere
- atmosphere
- biosphere
- carbon footprint
Knowledge: Students know:
- Examples of interactions that commonly occur between and among Earth's systems (e.g., the relationship between atmospheric CO2 and the production of photosynthetic biomass and ocean acidification).
- Predicted future environment changes are based on computational models.
- Examples of how human activity may affect Earth's systems.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify and describe the relevant components of each of the Earth systems represented in the given computational model, including system boundaries, initial conditions, inputs and outputs, and relationships that determine the interaction.
- Use the computational model of Earth systems to illustrate and describe relationships between at least two of Earth's systems, including how the relevant components in each individual Earth system can drive changes in another, interacting Earth system.
- Use evidence from the computational model to describe how human activity could affect the relationships between the Earth's system under consideration.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Although regional climate changes will be complex and varied, current models predict that average global temperatures will continue to rise.
- The outcomes predicted by global climate models strongly depend on the amounts of human-generated greenhouse gases added to the atmosphere each year and by the ways in which these gases are absorbed by the ocean and biosphere.
- Computer simulations and other studies are yielding discoveries about how the ocean, atmosphere, and biosphere interact and are modified in response to human activities.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Global Carbon; Global Climate Change: Human impact
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Environmental Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
17 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate geological and biological information to
determine the types of organisms that live in major biomes.
a. Analyze and interpret data collected through geographic research and
field investigations (e.g., relief, topographic, and physiographic maps; rivers;
forest types; watersheds) to describe the biodiversity by region for the state
of Alabama (e.g., terrestrial, freshwater, marine, endangered, invasive).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth and Human Activity Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Gather, read, and evaluate the biological and geological parameters of major biomes to determine the types of organisms that live in each.
- Analyze and interpret data collected by geographic research and field investigations to convey biodiversity by region in the state of Alabama.
Teacher Vocabulary: - biome
- climate
- latitude
- longitude
- altitude
- flora
- fauna
- tundra
- desert
- tropical rain forest
- temperate forests
- deciduous forest
- taiga
- savannah
- grasslands
- chaparral
- aquatic biomes — marine, freshwater, estuary, wetlands, marshes, swamps, coral reef
- topography
- endangered species
- invasive species
- threatened species
- native species
- relief map
- topographic map
- physiographic map
- endangered species
- invasive species
- watershed
- native species
- keystone species
- threatened species
Knowledge: Students know:
- Biotic and abiotic factors of major biomes.
- Classification of biomes based on biological and geological characteristics, including, but not limited to geographical location, climate, flora, and fauna.
- Examples of native, invasive, and endangered species of Alabama.
- The climate, geology, geography, evolutionary history, and habitats of Alabama.
- Factors that influence Alabama's biodiversity.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify biological and geological
characteristics of major biomes.
- Compare, integrate, and evaluate sources of geological and biological information presented in different media or formats to determine the types of organisms that live in major biomes.
- Analyze and interpret data from geographic research and field investigations (such as physiographic, topographic, and relief maps, forest types, rivers, and watersheds).
- Use appropriate analyses of data collected from geographic research and field investigations to predict regional diversity in Alabama's terrestrial, freshwater, and marine habitats.
- Evaluate data to describe the distribution of organisms by region for the state of Alabama.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Biomes are regions of the world with similar biological and geological characteristics.
- A biome comprises a large geographical area and contains unique plant and animal groups that are adapted for survival in that physical environment.
- Alabama is one of the richest regions in the nation in terms of biodiversity. It ranks fifth in the nation in number of species of plants and animals. Alabama's rich diversity is attributed to a combination of climate, geology, and a variety of aquatic and terrestrial habitats.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Activities include: Biome Bags; Global Carbon Other resources: *Southern Wonder: Alabama's Surprising Biodiversity by R. Scot Duncan *"America's Amazon" by Ben Raines and Lynn Rabren *Fishes of Alabama by Boschung and Mayden *"Encyclopedia of Alabama" at www.encyclopediaofalabama.org
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
1 ) Develop and use models to illustrate the lifespan of the sun, including
energy released during nuclear fusion that eventually reaches Earth through
radiation.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Place in the Universe Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Order the events a star progresses through during its lifespan from initial formation, through its main sequence, to its eventual death after fuel exhaustion.
- Model the proton-proton chain of nuclear fusion occurring at the core of the Sun.
Teacher Vocabulary: - mass
- temperature
- nuclear fusion
- radiation
- convection
- hydrostatic equilibrium
- flux
- random walk
- red giant
- planetary nebula
- white dwarf
Knowledge: Students know:
- The sun is a star The sun is changing and will burn out eventually.
- Nuclear fusion processes in the center of the sun release energy that reaches Earth as radiation. Hydrogen is the sun's fuel.
- Helium and energy are products of fusion processes in the sun.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop models to predict and show relationships among variables between systems and their components in the natural and designed world(s).
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The scale of the energy released by the fusion process is much larger than the scale of the energy released by chemical processes.
AMSTI Resources: This standard establishes many fundamental principles of stellar nature that are essential to learning the elements of E&SS standard 3.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: E12.3a: Stars, like the Sun, transform matter into energy in nuclear reactions.
NAEP Statement:: E12.9a: Earth systems have internal and external sources of energy, both of which create heat. The Sun is the major external source of energy. Two primary sources of internal energy are the decay of radioactive isotopes and the gravitational energy from Earth's original formation.
NAEP Statement:: E12.9b: Earth systems have internal and external sources of energy, both of which create heat. The Sun is the major external source of energy. Two primary sources of internal energy are the decay of radioactive isotopes and the gravitational energy from Earth's original formation.
NAEP Statement:: E8.11a: The Sun is the major source of energy for phenomena on Earth's surface.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ESS.HS.1- Describe observable effects of the sun on Earth, such as changes in light and temperature.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
2 ) Engage in argument from evidence to compare various theories for the
formation and changing nature of the universe and our solar system (e.g., Big
Bang Theory, Hubble's law, steady state theory, light spectra, motion of distant
galaxies, composition of matter in the universe).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Place in the Universe Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Determine distance and recession velocity of a given galaxy from its redshift value.
- Argue for the existence of dark matter and dark energy in the Universe using information gained from published astronomical observations of galaxy behavior and supernovas.
- Compare and contrast evidences for and observations supporting both the Big Bang and Steady State theories.
Teacher Vocabulary: - electromagnetic spectrum
- spectral lines
- emission spectra
- absorption spectra
- redshift
- blueshift
- Hubble's Law
- scientific theory
- evidence
- cosmology
- hot Big Bang
- Steady State
- cosmic microwave background radiation
- Big Bang nucleosynthesis
- dark matter
- dark energy
Knowledge: Students know:
- The stars' light spectra and brightness may be used to identify compositional elements of stars, their movements, and their distances from Earth.
- Energy cannot be created or destroyed-only moved between one place and another place.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop a claim based on valid and reliable evidence obtained from a variety of sources.
- Identify and describe evidence supporting the claim.
- Use examples to construct oral and/or written logical arguments.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- A scientific theory is a substantiated explanation of some aspect of the natural world. Based on a body of facts that have been repeatedly confirmed through observation and experiment and the science community validates each theory before it is accepted.
- If new evidence is discovered that the theory does not accommodate, the theory is generally modified in light of this new evidence.
- The universe is a vast single system in which basic laws are consistent.
AMSTI Resources: This standard demands a firm understanding of the nature of observational evidence, the character of physical laws and the role of reproducibility and prediction in scientific theories.
The ability of both the teacher and the student to argue from evidence should be a special focus when addressing this standard.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: E12.1: The origin of the universe remains one of the greatest questions in science. The "big bang" theory places the origin approximately 13.7 billion years ago when the universe began in a hot, dense state. According to this theory, the universe has been expanding ever since.
NAEP Statement:: E12.5: Theories of planet formation and radioactive dating of meteorites and lunar samples have led to the conclusion that the Sun, Earth, and the rest of the solar system formed from a nebular cloud of dust and gas 4.6 billion years ago.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
3 ) Evaluate and communicate scientific information (e.g., Hertzsprung-Russell
diagram) in reference to the life cycle of stars using data of both atomic
emission and absorption spectra of stars to make inferences about the presence
of certain elements.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Scale, Proportion, and Quantity Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Place in the Universe Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Compare and contrast stars according to color-spectral types based on temperature and luminosity.
- Make inferences of stellar mass, size and final state through analysis of Hertzsprung-Russell diagrams.
- Explain why medium and small stars will not produce black holes.
- Explain how large mass stars produce the heavy elements of the periodic table.
- Differentiate among stars by mass to predict life span, elements produced, sequence of stages, and final state.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Hertzsprung-Russell Diagram
- temperature
- luminosity
- planetary nebula
- main sequence
- red giant
- white dwarf
- neutron star
- black hole
- event horizon
- blackbody curve
- Stefan-Boltzmann Law
- Wien's Law
- emission spectrum
- absorption spectrum
- continuous spectrum
- classification
- nuclear fusion
- Balmer series for Hydrogen
Knowledge: Students know:
- The study of the stars' light spectra and brightness is used to identify compositional elements of stars, their movements, and their distances from Earth.
- Nuclear fusion within stars produces all atomic nuclei lighter than and including iron, and the process releases electromagnetic energy (other than hydrogen and helium).
- Heavier elements are produced when certain massive stars achieve a supernova stage and explode.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Communicate scientific information (using oral, graphical, textual, or mathematical formats) and cite origin as appropriate.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- In nuclear processes, atoms are not conserved, but the total number of protons plus neutrons is conserved.
AMSTI Resources: This would be best following E&SS standard 1 and before E&SS standard 2.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: E12.2: Early in the history of the universe, matter (primarily the light atoms hydrogen and helium) clumped together by gravitational attraction to form countless trillions of stars and billions of galaxies.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
4 ) Apply mathematics and computational thinking in reference to Kepler's laws,
Newton's laws of motion, and Newton's gravitational laws to predict the orbital
motion of natural and man-made objects in the solar system.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Place in the Universe Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Using Newton's Law of Universal Gravitation, make qualitative inferences of how the force of attraction between two objects will vary according to changes in mass or separation distance.
- Use Kepler's Laws of Planetary Motion to qualitatively describe the motions of planets around the Sun.
- Use computational thinking to determine the parameters (period, distance) of an object's orbit around a much larger body (e.g., planet/Sun, moon/planet).
Teacher Vocabulary: - Orbital period
- Ellipse
- Focal point
- Semi-major axis
- Eccentricity
- Gravitation
- Force
- Weight
- Mass
Knowledge: Students know:
- Common features of the motions of orbiting objects, including their elliptical paths around the sun are described using Kepler's laws.
- Orbits may change due to the gravitational effects from, or collisions with, other objects in the solar system.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Use algebraic thinking (no use of calculus is necessary) to example scientific data and predict the effect of a change in one variable on another.
- Use mathematical or computational representations to describe explanations.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Relevant components in a mathematical or computational representation of orbital motion may be used to depict Kepler's laws, Newton's laws of motion, and Newton's gravitational laws.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ESS.HS.4- Identify the main components of the solar system; recognize that planets move in orbits.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
5 ) Use mathematics to explain the relationship of the seasons to the tilt of
Earth's axis (e.g., zenith angle, solar angle, surface area) and its revolution
about the sun, addressing intensity and distribution of sunlight on Earth's
surface.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Scale, Proportion, and Quantity Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Place in the Universe Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Explain that seasons are not due to the Earth's proximity to the sun
- Show that sunlight concentrated in a small area will produce warmer temperatures than when spread out over a larger area.
- Explain that the northern hemisphere and southern hemisphere have opposite seasons due to the axial tilt.
- Mathematically compute the sun angle for a given day of the year at a given latitude.
- Create a data set and graph that can be used to determine the solar energy expected at a specified location and date on the Earth's surface.
- Graphically display the variations over one year of seasons of the sunlight received on the Earth's surface.
Teacher Vocabulary: - zenith
- solar angle
- surface area
- horizon
- north/ south pole
- axis
- revolution
- rotation
- hemisphere
Knowledge: Students know:
- Earth's spin axis is fixed in direction over the short term but tilted relative to its orbit around the sun.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Use mathematical representations to describe cyclic patterns of the seasons.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The seasons are a result of Earth's tilt relative to its orbit around the sun and are caused by the differential intensity of sunlight on different areas of Earth across the year.
- Patterns can be used to identify cause-and-effect relationships.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ESS.HS.5- Use a model of the Earth and the sun to recognize how Earth's tilt and orbit around the sun corresponds with the four seasons.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
6 ) Obtain and evaluate information about Copernicus, Galileo, Kepler, Newton,
and Einstein to communicate how their findings challenged conventional thinking
and allowed for academic advancements and space exploration.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Place in the Universe Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Compare and contrast the arguments for the geocentric system of planetary motions (i.e., the Ptolemaic system) and the heliocentric system (Copernican) providing explanations for why each system was widely accepted for many centuries.
- Graphically organize the claims and declarations of Copernicus, Galielo, Kepler and Newton, showing the correlation and development of the varioul Laws and principles that resulted in modern understanding of the motion of all objects.
- Gather, read and evaluate scientific information from other disciplines (e.g., chemistry or biology) showing how initial non-traditional ideas were developed and extended by a progression of scientists into a modern view.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Copernicus
- Galileo
- Kepler
- Newton
- Einstein
- heliocentric
- orbit
- gravity
- relativity
Knowledge: Students know:
- Copernicus contributed the heliocentric or sun-centered conception of the universe.
- Kepler contributed the three laws of planetary motion
Galileo contributed through telescopic observations that materials in universe were more earth like rather than ethereal.
- Newton contributed the laws of motion and universal gravitation.
- Einstein contributed the theories of relativity.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify relevant evidence found in case studies from the history of science on Copernicus, Galileo, Kepler, Newton, and Einstein.
- Evaluate the validity, reliability of evidence along with its ability to support reasonable arguments.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Science knowledge is a result of human endeavor, imagination, and creativity.
- Individuals and teams from many nations and cultures have contributed to science and to advances in engineering.
- Technological advances have influenced the progress of science and science has influenced advances in technology.
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
7 ) Analyze and interpret evidence regarding the theory of plate tectonics,
including geologic activity along plate boundaries and magnetic patterns in
undersea rocks, to explain the ages and movements of continental and oceanic
crusts.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Systems Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze major geologic formations occurring at plate boundaries to determine the frequency of earthquakes to be expected.
- Interpret topographical features presented on geologic maps to predict the associated type of plate boundary.
- Draw diagrams that depict circulation within the mantle as it affects tectonic plate movement.
- Analyze magnetic seafloor patterns to calculate oceanic crustal ages and directions of motion.
Teacher Vocabulary: - continental plate
- Pangaea
- continental drift
- rift
- continental crust
- oceanic crust
- mantle
- hot spot
- magnetometer
- magnetic reversal
- paleomagnetism
- isochron
- seafloor spreading
- plate boundary
- topography
- divergent boundary
- convergent boundary
- transform boundary
- subduction zone
- ridge push
- slab pull
Knowledge: Students know:
- Plate movements are responsible for most continental and ocean-floor features and for the distribution of most rocks and minerals within Earth's crust.
- Spontaneous radioactive decays follow a characteristic exponential decay law.
- Radiometric dating is used to determine the ages of rocks and other materials.
- The youngest rocks are at the top, and the oldest are at the bottom in an undisturbed column of rock, .
- Rock layers have sometimes been rearranged by tectonic forces and the rearrangements can be seen or inferred, such as inverted sequences of fossil types.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Organize data that represents patterns that can be attributed to plate tectonic activity and formation of new rocks.
- Measure ratio of parent to daughter atoms produced during radioactive decay as a means for determining the ages of rocks.
- Use analyzed data to determine age and location of continental rocks, ages and locations of rocks found on opposite sides of mid-ocean ridges, and the type and location of plate boundaries relative to the type, age, and location of crustal rocks.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Plate tectonics is the unifying theory that explains the past and current movements of the rocks at Earth's surface and provides a framework for understanding its geologic history.
- At the boundaries where plates are moving apart, such as mid-ocean ridges, material from the interior of the Earth must be emerging and forming new rocks with the youngest ages.
- The regions furthest from the plate boundaries (continental centers) will have the oldest rocks because new crust is added to the edge of continents at places where plates are coming together, such as subduction zones.
- The oldest crustal rocks are found on the continents because oceanic crust is constantly being destroyed at places where plates are coming together, such as subduction zones.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: E12.8: Mapping of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, evidence of sea floor spreading, and subduction provided crucial evidence in support of the theory of plate tectonics. The theory currently explains plate motion as follows: the outward transfer of Earth's internal heat propels the plates comprising Earth's surface across the face of the globe. Plates are pushed apart where magma rises to form midocean ridges, and the edges of plates are pulled back down where Earth materials sink into the crust at deep trenches.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
8 ) Develop a time scale model of Earth's biological and geological history to
establish relative and absolute age of major events in Earth's history (e.g.,
radiometric dating, models of geologic cross sections, sedimentary layering,
fossilization, early life forms, folding, faulting, igneous intrusions).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Systems Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Develop a graphical organizer that arranges the broad geologic eons and epochs of Earth's history according to key fossils and radiometric results.
- Use geologic principles of superposition, original horizontality and relative dating to order the events involved in creating a given rock sequence.
- Establish radiometrically the age of a rock sample, given the percent of a parent element remaining and a table of half-life data.
Teacher Vocabulary: fossil
fossilization
folding
faulting
igneous intrusions
rocks
time scale
Precambrian Era
Paleozoic Era
Mesozoic Era
Cenozoic Era
petrification
mold
cast
Principle of superposition
Principle of crosscutting relationships
index fossil
half-lifeKnowledge: Students know:
- The early Earth and other objects in the solar system were bombarded by impacts. (combined 2)
- Erosion and plate tectonics on Earth have destroyed much of the evidence of bombardment by impacts, explaining the scarcity of impact craters on Earth.
- Earth's plates have moved great distances, collided, and spread apart based on evidence of ancient land and water patterns found in rocks and fossils.
- The geological time scale interpreted from rock strata provides a way to organize Earth's history.
- Major historical events include the formation of mountain chains and ocean basins, the evolution and extinction of particular living organisms, volcanic eruptions, periods of massive glaciation, and development of watersheds and rivers through glaciation and water erosion.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify age and composition of Earth's oldest rocks and meteorites as determined by radiometric dating.
- Use evidence to organize the components of the model including a geographical scale showing the geological and biological history of Earth.
- Describe relationships in the model between components in the model, such as the age and composition of Earth's oldest rocks as determined by radiometric dating, observations of size and distribution of impact craters on the surface of the Earth, and the activity of plate tectonic processes operating on the Earth, sedimentary layering, fossilization, early life forms, folding, faulting, and igneous intrusions.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Analyses of rock formations and the fossil record are used to establish relative ages.
- Radiometric ages of lunar rocks, meteorites and the oldest Earth rocks point to the creation of a solid Earth crust about 4.4 billion years ago.
- Other planetary surfaces and their patterns of impact cratering can be used to infer that Earth had many impact craters early in history.
- Processes such as volcanism, plate tectonics, and erosion have reshaped Earth's surface.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: E12.4: Early methods of determining geologic time, such as the use of index fossils and stratigraphic sequences, allowed for the relative dating of geological events. However, absolute dating was impossible until the discovery that certain radioactive isotopes in rocks have known decay rates, making it possible to determine how many years ago a given rock sample formed.
NAEP Statement:: E12.6: Early Earth was very different from today's planet. Evidence for one-celled forms of life (bacteria) extends back more than 3.5 billion years. The evolution of life caused dramatic changes in the composition of Earth's atmosphere, which did not originally contain molecular oxygen.
NAEP Statement:: E12.7: Earth's current structure has been influenced by both sporadic and gradual events. Changes caused by violent earthquakes and volcanic eruptions can be observed on a human time scale; however, many geological processes, such as the building of mountain chains and shifting of entire continents, take place over hundreds of millions of years.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
|
9 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information to explain how constructive
and destructive processes (e.g., weathering, erosion, volcanism, orogeny, plate
tectonics, tectonic uplift) shape Earth's land features (e.g., mountains,
valleys, plateaus) and sea features (e.g., trenches, ridges, seamounts).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Systems Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain information about changes to rocks and geologic formations by mechanical and chemical weathering, erosion, volcanism and gravity.
- Evaluate varying models of tectonic uplift, mountain-building (orogenic) forces and continental drift to explain the location and features of major mountain belts and chain on Earth.
- Communicate information about submerged sea features such as seamounts, trenches and ridges, relating their locations to the actions of plate tectonics.
Teacher Vocabulary: Students:
- From a given explanation, identify the claims, the evidence and the reasoning that will require evaluation.
- Based on evidence, evaluate the mode and ease with which energy moves from one Earth system to another.
- Evaluate explanations for changes in Earth's mean temperature via changes in the energy budget of Earth's systems.
- Research and compile a set of explanations both supporting and disavowing the impact of human activities on the increase of carbon dioxide levels in the atmosphere.
Knowledge: Students know:
- Plate movements are responsible for most continental and ocean-floor features and for the distribution of most rocks and minerals within Earth's crust.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop the claim based on evidence that constructive and destructive processes shape Earth's land features.
- Identify and describe evidence supporting the claim, such as specific internal processes like volcanism, mountain building or tectonic uplift as causal agents in building up Earth's surface over time; specific surface processes, like weathering and erosion as causal agents in wearing down Earth's surface over time.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The appearance of land features and sea-floor features are a result of both constructive forces and destructive mechanisms.
- Earth's systems, being dynamic and interacting, cause feedback effects that can increase or decrease the original changes.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: E12.7: Earth's current structure has been influenced by both sporadic and gradual events. Changes caused by violent earthquakes and volcanic eruptions can be observed on a human time scale; however, many geological processes, such as the building of mountain chains and shifting of entire continents, take place over hundreds of millions of years.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
10 ) Construct an explanation from evidence for the processes that generate the
transformation of rocks in Earth's crust, including chemical composition of
minerals and characteristics of sedimentary, igneous, and metamorphic rocks.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions Crosscutting Concepts: Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Systems Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Compare and contrast rocks, minerals, metals and crystals.
- Construct a graphical depiction of the transition of a mineral grain through a rock cycle containing igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks.
- Evaluate the evidence for the intrusive or extrusive genesis of an igneous rock.
- Identify and classify samples of rocks.
- Differentiate among clastic, chemical, and organic sedimentary rocks.
Teacher Vocabulary: - igneous
- sedimentary
- metamorphic
- minerals
- ore
- magma
- quartz
- feldspar
- mica
- intrusive rock
- extrusive rock
- basalt
- volcanic eruption
- obsidian
- clastic rock
- conglomerate
- chemical rock
- organic rock
- calcium carbonate
- limestone
- foliated rock
- cleavage
- nonfoliated rock
- marble
- rock cycle
- weathering
- erosion
- heat
- pressure
- melting
- coal
- shale
- pumice
- sandstone
- slate
- granite
- rhyolite
- schist
Knowledge: Students know:
- Minerals make up rocks.
- Rocks are formed in many environments upon and within the Earth's crust.
- Igneous rock is formed by the cooling of magma inside the Earth or on the surface.
- Sedimentary rock is formed from the products of weathering by cementation or precipitation on the Earth's surface.
- Metamorphic rock, is formed by temperature and pressure changes inside the Earth.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Construct an explanation that includes specific cause and effect relationships for formation of each type of rock.
- Identify and describe evidence to construct an explanation such as cooling of magma at different rates form various types of igneous rocks, cementing of materials together or precipitation to form different sedimentary rocks, and pressure and temperature changes within the crust and upper mantle to form metamorphic rock.
- Use reasoning to connect the evidence to explain transformation of rocks in the Earth's crust.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Earth is a complex system of interacting subsystems: the geosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere, and biosphere.
- The geosphere includes a hot and mostly metallic inner core: a mantle of hot, soft, solid rock: and a crust of rock, soil, and sediments.
- Solid rocks can be formed by the cooling of molten rock, the accumulation and consolidation of sediments, or the alteration of older rocks by heat, pressure, and fluids.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: E8.6: Soil consists of weathered rocks and decomposed organic material from dead plants, animals, and bacteria. Soils are often found in layers with each having a different chemical composition and texture.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
11 ) Obtain and communicate information about significant geologic
characteristics (e.g., types of rocks and geologic ages, earthquake zones,
sinkholes, caves, abundant fossil fauna, mineral and energy resources) that
impact life in Alabama and the southeastern United States.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Systems Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Create an organized list of the state's fossil finds that have been notable contributions to the understanding of changes over time in both the flora and fauna of the region.
- Depict on a map the locations of significant mineral and energy deposits within the state, correlated to the physiographic regions in which they are found.
- List the names and dates of recorded earthquakes within the state and find estimates of the future likelihood of destructive earthquakes in the region.
Teacher Vocabulary: - earthquake zone
- sinkholes
- caves
Knowledge: Students know:
- Major historical events in Alabama and the southeastern United States include the formation of mountain chains and ocean basins, volcanic activity, the evolution and extinction of living organisms, and development of watersheds and rivers.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Local, regional, and global patterns of rock formations reveal changes over time due to Earth forces.
- The presence and location of certain fossil types indicate the order in which rock layers were formed.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ESS.HS.11- Identify significant geologic characteristics of Alabama and the southeastern United States (e.g., types of rocks, mineral and energy resources).
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
12 ) Develop a model of Earth's layers using available evidence to explain the
role of thermal convection in the movement of Earth's materials (e.g., seismic
waves, movement of tectonic plates).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Systems Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Model the convective heat flow within the mantle of the Earth with respect to the locations and characteristics of convergent and divergent plate boundaries.
- Compare and contrast the four types of seismic waves in terms of speed, ability to traverse Earth's core, direction of energy transport, and destructive potential.
Teacher Vocabulary: - crust
- mantle
- core
- convective currents
- tectonic plate
- volcano
- vents
- cinder cone
- shield volcano
- composite volcano
- folding
- fault
- normal fault
- reverse fault
- strike-slip fault
- earthquake
- seismic waves
- seismograph
- Pressure waves (P-waves)
- Shear waves (S-waves)
- Lateral waves (L-waves)
Knowledge: Students know:
- Tectonic plates are the top parts of giant convection cells that bring matter from the hot inner mantle up to the cool surface.
- The movements are driven by the release of energy and by the cooling and gravitational downward motion of the dense material of the plates after subduction.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop a model (i.e., graphical, verbal, or mathematical) in which components are described based on seismic and magnetic evidence.
- Describe relationships between components in the model such as thermal energy is released at the surface of the Earth as new crust is formed and cooled; the flow of matter by convection in the solid mantle and the sinking of cold, dense crust back into the mantle exert forces on crustal plates that then move, producing tectonic activity; matter is cycled between the crust and the mantle at plate boundaries.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Evidence from deep probes and seismic waves, reconstructions of historical changes in Earth's surface and its magnetic field, and an understanding of physical and chemical processes lead to a model of Earth with a hot but solid inner core, a liquid outer core, a solid mantle and crust.
- Motions of the mantle and its plates occur primarily through thermal convection, which involves the cycling of matter due to the outward flow of energy from Earth's interior and gravitational movement of denser materials toward the interior.
- Energy drives the cycling of matter within and between systems.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ESS.HS.12- Using a model, identify Earth's layers.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
13 ) Analyze and interpret data of interactions between the hydrologic and rock
cycles to explain the mechanical impacts (e.g., stream transportation and
deposition, erosion, frost-wedging) and chemical impacts (e.g., oxidation,
hydrolysis, carbonation) of Earth materials by water's properties.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Systems Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Correlate the mechanical and chemical agents of weathering of rocks with the varied products of those actions.
- Graphically display the role and ubiquity of water in both mechanical and chemical weathering processes.
- Develop a model of the sorting and layering of weathered materials achieved by the depositional processes of water, wind, and gravitational transport.
Teacher Vocabulary: - weathering
- mechanical weathering
- frost wedging
- exfoliation
- chemical weathering
- oxidation
- erosion
- deposition
- hydrolysis
- carbonation
Knowledge: Students know:
- Heat capacity of water, density of water in its solid and liquid states, and the polar nature of the water molecule due to its molecular structure are properties of water that affect Earth materials.
- Transportation, deposition, and erosion are three processes occurring in water that depend on the amount of energy in the water.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Analyze and interpret data showing the connection between the properties of water and its effects on Earth materials.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The abundance of liquid water on Earth's surface and its unique combination of physical and chemical properties are central to the planet's dynamics.
- Water's exceptional capacity to absorb, store and release large amounts of energy, transmit sunlight, expand upon freezing, dissolve and transport materials, and lower the viscosities and melting points of rocks are due to its physical and chemical properties that are central to the planet's dynamics.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
14 ) Construct explanations from evidence to describe how changes in the flow
of energy through Earth's systems (e.g., volcanic eruptions, solar output, ocean
circulation, surface temperatures, precipitation patterns, glacial ice volumes,
sea levels, Coriolis effect) impact the climate.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Systems Teacher Vocabulary: - volcanic eruption
- solar output
- ocean circulation
- surface temperature
- precipitation patterns
- glacial ice volumes
- sea levels
- Coriolis effect
- jet stream
Knowledge: Students know:
- Climate changes can occur if any of Earth's systems change.
- Some climate changes were rapid shifts (volcanic eruptions, meteoric impacts, changes in ocean currents), other were gradual and longer term-due, for example to the rise of plants and other life forms that modified the atmosphere via photosynthesis.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Analyze data to explain aspects of how energy flow impacts climate.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Natural factors that cause climate changes over human time scales include variations in the sun's energy output, ocean circulation patterns, atmospheric composition, and volcanic activity.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: E12.10a: Climate is determined by energy transfer from the Sun at and near Earth's surface.
NAEP Statement:: E12.10b: This energy transfer is influenced by dynamic processes such as cloud cover, atmospheric gases, and Earth's rotation, as well as static conditions such as the positions of mountain ranges, oceans, seas, and lakes.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Earth and Space Science |
All Resources: |
4 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
15 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information to verify that weather
(e.g., temperature, relative humidity, air pressure, dew point, adiabatic
cooling, condensation, precipitation, winds, ocean currents, barometric
pressure, wind velocity) is influenced by energy transfer within and among the
atmosphere, lithosphere, biosphere, and hydrosphere.
a. Analyze patterns in weather data to predict various systems, including
fronts and severe storms.
b. Use maps and other visualizations to analyze large data sets that
illustrate the frequency, magnitude, and resulting damage from severe weather
events in order to predict the likelihood and severity of future events.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns; Systems and System Models; Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Earth's Systems Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Compare and contrast the means of describing weather conditions.
- Classify the variety of instruments that measure weather conditions.
- Use the concept of energy flow to show how air masses and fronts create weather.
- Analyze a sequence of weather maps for a region over time to show the consistency of weather models.
- Depict graphically the flow of energy throughout the stages of thunderstorm development.
- Communicate information detailing Earth's major climate zones.
Teacher Vocabulary: - weather
- air temperature
- humidity
- fronts
- air pressure
- storms
- precipitation
- wind direction
- wind speed
- air masses
- barometer
- thermometer
- anemometer
- wind vane
- rain gauge
- psychrometer
- front
- warm front
- cold front
- air mass
- highs
- lows
- isobar
- tornado
- lightning
- thunder
- hurricane
- climate zone
- temperate
- tropical
- polar
Knowledge: Students know:
- Weather is the condition of the atmosphere at a given place and time.
- Weather and climate are shaped by complex interactions involving sunlight, the ocean, the atmosphere, ice, landforms, and living things.
- Energy is redistributed globally through ocean currents and also through atmospheric circulation.
- Sunlight heats Earth's surface, which in turn heats the atmosphere.
- Temperature patterns, together with the Earth's rotation and the configuration of continents and oceans, control the large-scale patterns of atmospheric circulation.
- Winds gain energy and water vapor content as they cross hot ocean regions, which can lead to tropical storms.
- Prediction Center maps provide weather forecasts and climate patterns based on analyses of observational data.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Analyze data in patterns to predict the outcome of an event.
- Analyze data models to predict outcome of an event.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The complex patterns of the changes and the movement of water in the atmosphere, determined by winds, landforms, and ocean temperatures and currents, are major determinants of local weather patterns.
- Weather, hydrologic, and climate forecasts and warnings protect life and property.
- Weather, hydrologic, and climate forecasts and warnings protect life and property.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: E12.10b: This energy transfer is influenced by dynamic processes such as cloud cover, atmospheric gases, and Earth's rotation, as well as static conditions such as the positions of mountain ranges, oceans, seas, and lakes.
Alabama Alternate Achievement Standards
AAS Standard: SCI.AAS.ESS.HS.15- Identify weather conditions, including temperature, wind speed, humidity, and severe weather events (e.g., tornadoes, hurricanes, floods).
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
1 ) Develop and use models and appropriate terminology to identify regions,
directions, planes, and cavities in the human body to locate organs and systems.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Develop and use models to appropriately identify the anatomical planes and anatomical directions associated with the human body.
- Develop and use models and appropriate terminology to identify the anatomical regions and cavities in the human body.
- Use appropriate anatomical terminology, anatomical landmarks and models to locate major organs and organ systems in the human body.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Transverse plane
- Coronal plane/ frontal plane
- Sagittal plane
- Midsagittal line
- Coelom
- Dorsal cavity
- Ventral cavity
- Thoracic cavity
- Abdominopelvic cavity
- Cranial cavity
- Anterior
- Posterior
- Dorsal
- Ventral
- Medial
- Lateral
- Proximal
- Distal
- Superficial
- Visceral/deep
- Plantar
- Superior
- Inferior
- Abdominopelvic region
- right/left hypochondriac region
- epigastric region
- right/left lumbar region
- umbilical region
- right/left iliac region
- hypogastric region
- right/left upper quadrant
- right/left lower quadrant
Knowledge: Students know:
- In the human body there are eleven major organ systems, including the circulatory, digestive, nervous, excretory, respiratory, and reproductive systems. The skeletal, muscular, integumentary, immune, and endocrine systems complete the list of organ systems.
- The cavities of the human body contain organ system components, and specific regions within these cavities house specific organs.
- The use of appropriate terminology is necessary to accurately identify anatomical regions, directions, planes, and cavities in the human body.
- The location of anatomical features, such as organs, within the human body and/or their relative position to other anatomical features of the human body can be accurately communicated using appropriate anatomical terminology.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop and use models based on evidence to illustrate the locational relationship of organs and organ systems in the human body.
- Use appropriate anatomical terminology to identify and evaluate the location of organs and organ systems in the human body.
- Interpret and accurately apply terminology related to the human body.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The human body, like all multicellular organisms, has a hierarchical structural organization where any one system is made up of numerous parts and is itself a component of the next level.
- Humans are coelomates, meaning the human body contains fluid-filled cavities that are fully lined by mesoderm (skinlike tissue), and these cavities house specific organs.
- Features of the human body, both internal and external, can be accurately landmarked using anatomical planes, cavities, and regions and anatomical directional terminology.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM: Human Body Organization and Anthropometry
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
2 ) Analyze characteristics of tissue types (e.g., epithelial tissue) and
construct an explanation of how the chemical and structural organizations of the
cells that form these tissues are specialized to conduct the function of that
tissue (e.g., lining, protecting).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Evaluate the different types of tissue and the basic characteristics of each tissue type.
- Explain how the chemical and structural organizations of a tissue's cells are specialized to perform the function of that tissue.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Epithelial tissue (ancillary structures, e.g., cilia and goblet cells)
- Squamous epithelium
- Cuboidal epithelium
- Columnar epithelium
- Simple epithelial tissue
- Stratified epithelial tissue
- Pseudostratified columnar epithelium
- Transitional epithelium
- Connective tissue (associated cell(s) and matrix/ fibers)
- Loose connective tissue
- Areolar
- Adipose
- Reticular
- Dense connective tissue
- Dense regular connective tissue
- Dense irregular connective tissue
- Elastic connective tissue
- Cartilage
- Chondrocyte
- Matrix/fibers
- Lacunae
- Hyaline cartilage
- Elastic cartilage
- Fibrocartilage
- Bone
- Osteocyte
- Osteon
- Haversian canal
- lamellae
- Lacunae
- Canaliculi
- Blood
- Plasma
- Erythrocyte
- Leucocyte
- Thrombocyte
- Muscle Tissue
- Smooth muscle
Knowledge: Students know:
- The function of a particular type of tissue is determined by the specialized chemical and structural organization of cells that make up that tissue.
- There are four major tissue types in the human body and each type can be broken down into sublevel components that have unique features and functionality.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Examine characteristics of the major types of tissue.
- Gather, read, and evaluate scientific and technical information from multiple legitimate sources to analyze the structural components and organization of the cells that form a particular type of tissue, and interpret how this architecture affects the function(s) of that particular tissue.
- Construct an explanation of how cellular architecture is specialized to conduct the function(s) of the tissue type it forms.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Tissues are composed of groups of cells that are comparable in structure and function(s) (epithelial, connective, nervous, muscle). Similarly, groups of different types of tissues form an organ that performs a specific bodily function.
- The function, or functions, of a particular type of tissue are directly related to the type, composition, and arrangement of its unique cells and ancillary components.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM: Build a Muscle
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
3 ) Obtain and communicate information to explain the integumentary system's
structure and function, including layers and accessories of skin and types of
membranes.
a. Analyze the effects of pathological conditions (e.g., burns, skin
cancer, bacterial and viral infections, chemical dermatitis) to determine the
body's attempt to maintain homeostasis.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function; Stability and Change Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain information about the structure of the integumentary system, including layers and their substructure and the accessory structures.
- Obtain information about the function of the integumentary system, including the function(s) of each layer and its substructure and the accessory structures.
- Communication information to explain the structure and function of the integumentary system, its layers and their substructure, and its accessory structures.
- Obtain and communicate information to explain the structure and function of the types of membranes associated with the integumentary system.
- Analyze the effects of pathological conditions affecting the integumentary system.
- When pathological conditions affect the integumentary system, determine how the body responds in its attempt to maintain homeostasis.
Teacher Vocabulary: - serous membrane
- serous fluid
- mucous membrane
- mucous
- synovial membrane
- synovial fluid
- cutaneous membrane
- skin
- hair
- follicle
- shaft
- nails
- keratinocytes
- keratin
- keratinization/cornification
- melanocytes
- melanin
- carotene
- hemoglobin
- Epidermis
- stratified squamous epithelium
- stratum basale
- stratum spinosum
- stratum granulosum
- stratum lucidum
- stratum corneum
- Dermis
- Arrector pili muscle
- sensory receptors/ nerve fibers
- exocrine glands
- sebaceous glands
- sebum
- sweat/ sudoriferous glands
- apocrine sweat glands
- eccrine/ merocrine sweat glands
- capillary
- Hypodermis/subcutaneous layer
- ceruminous glands
- cerumen/earwax
- Collagen
- Elastic fibers
- Adipose tissue
- Protection
- Excretion
- Temperature regulation
- Sensory perception
- Carcinoma
- Melanoma
- sunburn
- Ultraviolet radiation
- Partial thickness burn
- Full thickness burn
- Contact Dermatitis
- Eczema
Knowledge: Students know:
- Three of the four types of membrane are composed of epithelium covering connective tissue. The fourth membrane type, synovial membranes, is composed solely of connective tissue.
- The four types of membrane are specialized according to structure, location, and function.
- The integumentary system is composed of the skin and its accessory structures.
- The layered structure of the epidermis provides a regenerative, protective barrier to the body's interior.
- Dermis is the deep inner layer of skin that gives strength and elasticity to skin and that contains the majority of strutures associated with the skin, such as hair follicles, sensory receptors, and glands.
- The skin is comprosed of various cell types that each have a unique function within the skin.
- Each of the accessory structures of the integumentary system has a specific structure and location within the skin.
- Each of the accessory structures of the integumentary system has a particular function within the structure of the skin.
- The integumentary system is responsible for specific functions, several of which are integral to maintaining homeostasis.
- The integumentary system is affected by an array of pathological conditions. The effect of such conditions determines how the body responds.
- The integumentary system is integral to maintaining homeostasis.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Obtain and communicate information to explain the structure and function of the types of membranes.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the integumentary system and its structure, including layers and accessory structures.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the integumentary system and its function, including layers and accessory structures.
- Communicate scientific information, in multiple formats (e.g., orally, graphically, textually) to explain the structure and function of the integumentary system, as a whole, and of its intrinsic parts.
- Use scientific literature to identify conditions and diseases that effect the integumentary system.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how these conditions and diseases affect the body.
- Analyze data in order to make a valid and reliable scientific claim about how the body responds to the identified conditions and diseases in its attempt to maintain homeostasis.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The integumentary system is a complex system comprised of organs that have a primary
function to protect the body from homeostatic imbalances such as foreign invaders (viruses, bacteria, fungus, parasites) and the environment.
- The integumentary system is comprised of the skin as well as accessory structures that allow the skin to accomplish its various homeostatic functions.
- Cause and effect relationships can be suggested and predicted for compmlex systems by examining what is known about smaller scale mechanisms within the system.
- Changes in systems may have various causes that may not have equal effects.
- The body's response to the disease process is complex and involves numerous systems working synergetically to respond to homeostatic imbalances.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
4 ) Use models to identify the structure and function of the skeletal system
(e.g., classification of bones by shape, classification of joints and the
appendicular and axial skeletons).
a. Obtain and communicate information to demonstrate understanding of the
growth and development of the skeletal system (e.g., bone growth and
remodeling).
b. Obtain and communicate information to demonstrate understanding of the
pathology of the skeletal system (e.g., types of bone fractures and their
treatment, osteoporosis, rickets, other bone diseases).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use models to identify the structure of the skeletal system.
- Use models to identify the function of the skeletal system.
- Use models to identify and classify bones according to shape.
- Use models to identify and classify the joints of the human skeleton.
- Use models to identify the components of the appendicular and axial skeletons.
- Gather, read, and synthesize information about the growth and development of the skeletal system.
- Communicate information, based on evidence, to demonstrate understanding of bone growth and development.
- Gather, read, and synthesize information about common pathology of the skeletal system.
- Communicate information, based on evidence, to demonstrate understanding of the pathology of the skeletal system.
Teacher Vocabulary: - support
- protection
- assists in movement
- hemopoiesis
- storage of mineral and energy reserves
- axial skeleton
- skull (including all bones and significant landmarks)
- vertebral column (including all bones and significant landmarks)
- rib cage (including all bones, significant landmarks, and costal cartilages)
- appendicular skeleton
- bones of arms/legs (including all bones and significant landmarks)
- pectoral girdle (including all bones and significant landmarks)
- pelvic girdle (including all bones and significant landmarks)
- long bones
- short bones
- flat bones
- irregular bones
- sesamoid bones
- synarthrosis/ immovable joint
- sutures
- amphiarthrosis/ slightly movable joint
- vertebral joints
- symphysis pubis
- diarthrosis/ synovial joint
- hinge joint
- ball and socket joint
- pivot joint
- saddle joint
- gliding joint/ plane joint
- condyloid joint/ ellipsoidal joint
- synovial fluid
- articular cartilage
- bursa
- osseous (bone) tissue
- osteocytes
- long bones
- periosteum
- endosteum
- medullary canal
- diaphysis
- epiphysis
- bone marrow
- yellow bone marrow
- red bone marrow
- articular cartilage
- epiphyseal line
- matrix
- flat bones
- compact bone
- osteon/ Haversian system
- lacunae
- canaliculi
- lamellae
- central canal
- spongy bone
- trabeculaeosseous tissue
- osteogenesis/ bone growth
- epiphyseal plate/ growth plate
- osteoblasts
- osteoclasts
- osteocytes
- interstitial growth
- chondroblasts
- hyaline cartilage
- appositional growth
- bone remodeling
- callus
- Osteoporosis
Knowledge: Students know:
- The skeletal system is composed of bones, cartilage, ligaments, and tendons and provides movement, protection and shape.
- The axial skeleton is composed of the spine, rib cage and skull.
- The appendicular skeleton is composed of the bones of the arms, hips, legs and shoulders.
- Bones can be categorized by shape: flat, irregular, long, and short.
- Joints can be categorized by their structural components—cartilaginous, fibrous, and synovial—or by their function—amphiarthrosis, diarthrosis, and synarthrosis.
- Endochondral bones form from cartilage pegs in the embryo—they usually produce long bones and parts of irregular and short bones. They have primary and secondary ossification centers, and a region that produces the bone collar.
- Dermal bones form in subcutaneous membranes, are mostly composed of cancellous bone with a covering of boney plates and usually produce flat bones and parts of irregular bones.
- Bone fractures can be simple, commuted or compound, or open.
- Bone healing involves four stages: fracture, granulation, callus, and normal contour.—sometimes classified as three phases: reactive, reparative and restorative.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information to explain the skeletal system and its function in the human body.
- Use models to identify and communicate the structure and function of the skeletal system.
- Communicate an understanding of bone growth and development by compiling and summarizing data about bone growth (compare and contrast intramembranous ossification and endochondral ossification, describe the process of long bone growth at the epiphyseal plates).
- Communicate an understanding of the pathophysiology of bone by compiling and summarizing data about bone growth (bone remodeling and bone repair).
- Gather, read, and evaluate scientific and technical information from multiple sources about the types and causes of bone disease and the treatment for those diseases.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The bones give shape to the body and provide protection and support for the body's organs. The skeletal system, with the support of muscles which attach to bones via tendons allow movement of body parts. The body's joints make up of determines the type of body movements that are possible.
- Small scale changes in bone construction occur continually. The body frequently recycles bone which allows for prevention of fractures and self-repairs.
- Any imbalances in bone deposit and bone reabsorption may cause the disease process to occur in the human skeleton. Therefore, maintaining homeostatic balance of bone growth and remodeling is an important component to skeletal disease prevention.
- By the eighth week of embryonic development human bone has been almost completely constructed. Throughout early life (neonate-pre-adolescence) the long bones continue to lengthen by way of interstitial growth. For most under normal homeostatic conditions growth continues until about the end of adolescence when ceases.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM: Bones of the Human Skeleton; Bone Growth There are many diseases and disorders that affect the skeletal system. The Teacher Vocabulary includes some of the more common ones, in addition to the examples specifically given in the course of study document. Note that these should be considered as suggestions and listing them here does not imply that they must be taught nor does it imply these are the only diseases and disorders that could be taught during instruction.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
5 ) Develop and use models to illustrate the anatomy of the muscular system,
including muscle locations and groups, actions, origins and insertions.
a. Plan and conduct investigations to explain the physiology of the
muscular system (e.g., muscle contraction/relaxation, muscle fatigue, muscle
tone), including pathological conditions (e.g., muscular dystrophy).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Design and use models to show the different types of muscles and muscle groups to include where they are located in the human body.
- Design and use models to show the muscles and muscle group actions.
- Design and use models to show the muscles and muscle groups, origins, insertions, and locations.
- Design and carry out scientific investigations to explain the physiology of the muscular system.
- Design and carry out scientific investigations to explain pathological conditions (diseases) of the muscular system.
- Assess an ergonomic design solution to decrease work-related musculoskeletal disorders including the associated costs and benefits.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Muscular Dystrophy
- Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
Knowledge: Students know:
- Each muscle has a stabel immovable attachment point known as its origin and a second attachment point which connects it to the body part that it moves called the insertion.
- Parallel muscles are sheets of muscle cells that provide contractions for moving light loads over long distances, while pinnate muscles are feather patterned adn provide great strength for moving large loads over short distances.
- There are different gross muscle shapes such as deltoid, trapezoid, rhomboideus, rectus, and serratus muscles.
- Biceps muscles have two origins while triceps have three.
- The largest muscle of a group is referred to as maximus while the smallest is called the minimus, the longest is called the longus and the shortest is called the brevis muscle.
- There are many types of muscle actions, including: abductor, adductor, depressor, extensor, flexor, levator, pronator, rotator, sphincter, supinator, tensor.
- Muscles can counteract (antagonistic) or assist (synergistic) other muscles.
- Muscle contractions can be categorized as isotonic or isometric.
- Overuse of muscles can cause strains, stiffness or sprains.
- Muscle damage can produce muscle pathology such as contusions, cramps, paralysis, and sensitivity.
- Some muscle diseases are genetic or developmental—including myopethies
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop a model that allows for manipulation and testing of a proposed process or system (different types of muscles and muscle groups).
- Develop and/or use a model to generate data to support explanations, predict phenomena, analyze systems and show the different types of muscles and muscle groups to include where they are located in the human body.
- Construct and revise an explanation based on valid and reliable evidence obtained from a variety of sources, (theories, simulations, peer review).
- Apply scientific ideas, principles, and evidence to provide an explanation of phenomena and solve design problems taking into account possible unanticipated results.
- Design, evaluate and/or refine a solution to a complex real-world problem, based on scientific knowledge, student-generated sources of evidence, prioritized criteria, and trade-off considerations.
- Collect data about a complex model of a proposed process or system (ergonomic design solution to reduce work-related musculoskeletal disorders) to identify failure points or improve performance relative to criteria for success or other variables (to include cost and benefit).
- Evaluate the impact of new data (ergonomic design to reduce work-related musculoskeletal disorders) on a working explanation and/or model of a proposed process or system.
- Analyze data to identify design features or characteristics of the components of a proposed process or system related to ergonomic design to reduce work-related musculoskeletal disorders) to optimize it relative to criteria for success (cost and benefits).
- Use mathematical, computational, and/or algorithmic representations of phenomena to describe and/or support claims and/or explanations (cost benefit analysis of solutions to reduce work-related musculoskeletal disorders).
- Compare, integrate, and evaluate sources of information presented in different media or formats (e.g., visually, quantitatively) as well as in words in order to address/solve the problem of how to reduce work-related musculoskeletal disorders to include cost and benefit).
- Gather, read, and evaluate scientific and/or technical information from multiple authoritative sources assessing the evidence and usefulness of each source in relation to work-related musculoskeletal disorders.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The arrangement of muscles enables them to work congruently to yield an assortment of movements. In order for these movements to take place the muscular system must work with several other body systems (skeletal, circulatory, nervous). Muscles function produces movement, stabilizes joints, maintains posture and body position, generates heat, and assists in protecting internal organs.
- There are several phases that lead to muscle fiber contraction. At the neuromuscular junction the muscle fiber is activated so that there is a change in membrane potential which precipitates the formation of an electrical current (action potential). This action potential is then disseminated along the sarcolemma which prompts a rise in calcium ions that in turn leads to the stimulation of muscle contraction. In a disease such as Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD), the patient's sarcolemma tears during a contraction which permits extra calcium ions that damages contractile fibers, lymphocytes, and macrophages that accumulate in surrounding connective tissue. This homeostatic imbalance causes the damaged cells to atrophy resulting in a debilitating loss in muscle mass for the patient with DMD.
- Work-related musculoskeletal disorders/ injuries are a major concern for employers. Therefore it is imperative that ergonomic design solutions prevent and or reduce the incidence of these disorders. Annually, these disorders/injuries cost employers vast amounts of money, time, and resources. With that said, employers are continually seeking ergonomic design solutions to remedy this dilemma.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM: Build a Muscle
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
6 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information regarding how the central
nervous system and peripheral nervous system interrelate, including how these
systems affect all other body systems to maintain homeostasis.
a. Use scientific evidence to evaluate the effects of pathology on the
nervous system (e.g., Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, cerebral palsy, head trauma) and argue possible prevention and treatment options.
b. Design a medication to treat a disorder associated with neurotransmission, including mode of entry into the body, form of medication, and desired effects.*
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions; Engaging in Argument from Evidence; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain and evaluate information about the central nervous system, including how it affects all other body systems to maintain homeostasis.
- Obtain and evaluate information about the peripheral nervous system, including how it affects all other body systems to maintain homeostasis.
- Evaluate how the central and peripheral nervous systems interrelate.
- Communication information to explain how the central and peripheral nervous systems interrelate, including how they affect all other body systems to maintain homeostasis.
- Obtain information about pathology of the nervous system.
- Use scientific evidence to evaluate the effects of pathology of the nervous system on the human body.
- Obtain information about possible prevention options with regard to pathology of the nervous system.
- Obtain information about possible treatment options with regard to pathology of the nervous system.
- Develop and argument based on evidence about possible prevention or treatment options with regard to pathology of the nervous system.
- Identify and describe major neurotransmitters and receptors.
- Classify neurotransmitters by function.
- Identify and describe disorders associated with neurotransmission and how they affect the body.
- Identify medications that act as neurotransmitters.
- Identify different modes of entry for neurotransmitter medications into the body.
- Identify, compare and contrast side effects of neurotransmitter medications that are associated with different modes of transmission into the human body.
- Identify desired effects of neurotransmitter medications.
- Hypothesize and design a medication that will show desired outcomes of neurotransmitters in the body with the least amount of adverse side effects.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Lumbar puncture
- MRI Scan
- PET Scan
- SPECT Scan
- Parkinson's disease
- Alzheimer's disease
- cerebral palsy
- traumatic brain injury
- Glutamate and Aspartate
- GABA
- Serotonin
- Acetylcholine
- Dopamine
- Norepinephrine
- Endorphins and Enkephalins
- Dynorphins
- Channel link receptors (ionotopic)
- G-Protein-Linked receptors
Knowledge: Students know:
- The nervous system is a complex arrangement of neuroglia and neurons bundled into the central and peripheral nervous systems.
- The central nervous system (CNS) is composed of the brain and spinal cord.
- The peripheral nervous system (PNS) extends beyond the brain and sprinal cord—composed of somatic nerves, autonomic nerves, and ganglia.
- Nerves are bundles of neurons—afferent nerves carry sensory information while efferent nerves carry motor information.
- The PNS is divided into the somatic nervous system, which enables the voluntary control of body movements and the autonomic nervous system, which controls involuntary body functions in order to maintain a stable internal environment for body.
- The autonomic nervous system is divided into the parasympathetic nerve system which promotes relaxation and digestion and the sympathetic nervous system which prepares the body to react to stress. These two systems tend to counteract each other to maintain homeostasis.
- Structural diseases of the nervous system are categorized as trauma, cerebrovascular and neurovascular diseases, CNS tumors, developmental disorders, metabolic and toxic diseases, nervous system infection, or neurodegenerative disease.
- Neurons communicate to other cells with neurotransmitters which can be excitatory(stimulate a neuron) or inhibitory (hinder a neuron).
- A neuron must be excited past its threshold before propgating an action potential.
- The actions of neurotransmitters are the basis of many diseaseas and many drugs modify their actions.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the central nervous system, including how it affects all other body systems to maintain homeostasis.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the peripheral nervous system, including how it affects all other body systems to maintain homeostasis.
- Communicate scientific information, in multiple formats (e.g., orally, graphically, textually) to explain how the central nervous system and peripheral nervous system interrelate.
- Communicate scientific information, in multiple formats (e.g., orally, graphically, textually) to explain how the central nervous system and peripheral nervous system affect all other body systems to maintain homeostasis.
- Use scientific literature to identify conditions and diseases that effect the nervous system.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how these conditions and diseases affect the body.
- Analyze data in order to make a valid and reliable scientific claim about how the body responds to the identified conditions and diseases in its attempt to maintain homeostasis.
- Gather, read and interpret scientific information about possible prevention and treatment options in regards to pathology of the nervous system.
- Use evidence to form an argument about possible prevention or treatment options with regard to pathology of the nervous system.
- Use evidence to defend an argument about possible prevention or treatment options with regard to pathology of the nervous system
- Evaluate counter-claims and revise argument based on evidence.
- Define a design problem that involves the development of a process or system with interacting components, criteria, and constraints (medication to treat homeostatic brain imbalance).
- Create a hypothesis that specifies what happens to a dependent variable when an independent variable is manipulated.
- Collect data about a complex model of a proposed process or system to identify failure points or improve performance relative to criteria for success or other variables (nervous system functionality in regards to neurotransmitter medications and their effect on the homeostatic imbalances in the disease process).
- Analyze data to identify design features or characteristics of the components of a proposed process or system to optimize it relative to criteria for success (action and effect of different neurotransmitter medications on the nervous system).
- Analyze data using tools, technologies, and or models in order to make valid and reliable scientific claims or determine an optimal design solution.
- Design, evaluate, and/or refine a solution to a complex real-world problem, based on scientific knowledge, student-generated sources of evidence, prioritized criteria, and trade-off considerations.
- Gather, read, and evaluate scientific and/or technical information from multiple authoritative sources, assessing the evidence and usefulness of each source.
- Evaluate the validity and reliability of and/or synthesize multiple claims, methods, and ;or designs that appear in scientific and technical texts or media reports, verifying the data when possible.
- Use empirical evidence to identify patterns
use empirical evidence to differentiate between cause and correlation and make claims about specific causes and effects.
- Design a medication to cause a desired effect
investigating a system or structure requires a detailed examination of the properties of different materials, the structures of different components, and connections of components to reveal their function and /or solve a problem.
- The functions and properties of natural and designed objects and systems can be inferred from their overall structure, the way their components are shaped and used, and the molecular substructures of their various materials.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The nervous system is composed of the central nervous system (brain and spinal cord) and the peripheral nervous system (cranial and spinal nerves). This nervous system is responsible for aiding and sustaining homeostasis in the human body where it monitors and analyzes environmental information and responds).
- Homeostatic imbalances may occur in the brain for various reasons. The causes of these imbalances include traumatic brain injuries (contusions, concussions), degenerative brain disorders (Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease), and cerebrovascular accidents (strokes).
- Degenerative brain disorders such as Alzheimer's disease occur when beta-amyloid peptide deposits and neurofibrillary tangles occur. These tangles are delineated by an insufficiency of the neurotransmitter acetylcholine. Whereas degenerative disorders such as Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease are caused by too much or too little of the neurotransmitter dopamine. Treatments for the symptoms of these diseases include medications such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, glutamate pathway modifiers, and MAO-B inhibitors). These medication treatments are not a cure for the diseases; they only slow disease progression. Research for new medication therapy is ongoing with the hope of developing better medications that halt the disease process and have minimal adverse side effects.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
7 ) Use models to determine the relationship between the structures in and
functions of the cardiovascular system (e.g., components of blood, blood
circulation through the heart and systems of the body, ABO blood groups, anatomy
of the heart, types of blood vessels).
a. Engage in argument from evidence regarding possible prevention and
treatment options related to the pathology of the cardiovascular system (e.g.,
myocardial infarction, mitral valve prolapse, varicose veins, arteriosclerosis,
anemia, high blood pressure).
b. Design and carry out an experiment to test various conditions that affect the heart (e.g., heart rate, blood pressure, electrocardiogram [ECG] output).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Planning and Carrying out Investigations; Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain information about the structure of the cardiovascular system, including various types of structures that aid in circulation through the heart and throughout the systems of the body.
- Obtain information about the function of the cardiovascular system.
- Use models to explain the structure and function of the cardiovascular system and its accessory structures.
- Use models to determine the relationship between the structures in and function of the cardiovascular system.
- Obtain information about the structure of blood and it's function, including information about the ABO blood groups.
- Use models to describe how structure is related to function in the components of blood.
- Obtain and evaluate information on pathological conditions that may affect the cardiovascular system.
- Obtain and evaluate information on possible prevention options related to pathology of the cardiovascular system.
- Obtain and evaluate information on possible treatment options related to pathology of the cardiovascular system.
- Use appropriate sufficient evidence and scientific reasoning to defend claims and explanations about possible prevention or treatment options related to pathological conditions of the cardiovascular system.
- Defend a claim against counter-claims and critique by evaluating counter-claims and by describing the connections between the relevant and appropriate evidence and the strongest claim.
- Obtain and evaluate information about common tests that can be used to monitor cardiovascular system function.
- Design an experiment that can be used to test cardiovascular function in varying conditions.
- Describe the data that wil be collected and the evidence to be derived from the data during the experiment.
- Conduct the experiment and collect data and record changes to the external environment and organism responses.
- Evaluate experiment by assessing the accuracy and precision of the data as well as limitations of the investigation.
- Make suggestions for refinement if needed.
Teacher Vocabulary: - blood pressure
- blood vessels
- circulatory system
- heart
- pulse
- vascularization
- arteries
- veins
- lymphatic vessels
- hydrostatic pressure
- microcirculation
- tunica adventitia
- tunica media
- tunica intima
- lumen
- constriction/ vasoconstriction
- dilation/ vasodilation
- arterioles
- venules
- capillaries
- circulation (systemic, pulmonary)
- pericardium (fibrous, serous, epicardium)
- myocardium
- endocardium
- coronary arteries, veins
- cardiac infarction
- vasculature
- septum
- chambers
- atrium
- ventricle
- valves (atrioventricular, semilunar, mitral, bicuspid, tricuspid)
- Papillary muscles
- venae cavae
- superior/ inferior vena cava
- aorta
- pulmonary artery, valve, veins
- SA node, AV node
- bundle of His
- Purkinje system
- diastole
- systole
- heart rate
- stroke volume
- cardiac output
- electrocardiogram
- plasma
- RBC's/ erythrocytes
- hemoglobin
- reticulocytes/ erythroblasts
- complete blood count (CBC)
- blood type
- ABO blood group system
- Rh factor
- erythroblastosis fetalis
- WBC's/ leukocytes
- neutrophils
- lymphocytes
- eosinophils
- monocytes
- basophils
- differential white blood cell count
- granulocytes/ polymorphonuclear WBC
- agranulocytes/ mononuclear WBC
- B or T lymphocytes
- platelet/ thrombocyte
- megakaryocyte
- percent saturation
- carbon dioxide intoxication
- phagocytosis
- macrophages
- kupffer cell
- prostacyclin
- clotting factors
- prothrombin
- thrombin
- Fibrinogen/ fibrin
- plasminogen
- erythropoiesis
- hematopoietic stem cell
- Myeloid stem cell
- lymphoid stem cell
- myocardial infarction
- mitral valve prolapse
- varicose veins
- arteriosclerosis,
- anemia
- hypertension
- angina
- systolic
- diastolic
- electrocardiogram
Knowledge: Students know:
- Arteries and arterioles carry blood from the heart to the rest of the body.
- Veins and venules carry blood from the body to the heart.
- Capillaries are small blood vessels that exchange materials with tissues.
- Vasoconstriction is the narrowing of a vessel while vasodialation is the widening of a vessel.
- The heart is made of mycardium covered by pericardium and is composed of four chambers.
- The left half of the heart controls systemic circulation while the right half controls pulmonary circulation.
- One pumping action of the heart is called the cardiac cycle—diastole is the filling of the atria and ventricles and systole is the emptying of the ventricles.
- Blood is composed of plasma and formed elements and transports materials needed to maintain body homeostasis.
- Blood cell types: 1) RBC's—contain the protein hemaglobin which transports oxygen and carbon dioxide
2) WBC's—granulocytic (basophils, eosinophils, and neutrophils) produce secretions that kill micoorganisms and agrnulocytic (lymphocytes and monocytes)—lymphocytes produce an immune respons and monocytes are phagocytic. 3) Platelets—assist with blood clotting.
- Blood cells are produced in the bone marrow by hematopoiesis and are derived from a multipotent stem cell.
- Blood type is a way of categorizing RBCs according to variations in proteins on the cell membrane surface—these proteins can be classified as types A, B or D.
- Diseases of the cardiovascular system affect either blood vessels or the heart and are either congenital, produced by lifestyle factors, or produced by microorganisms.
- Common vascular diseases interrupt blood flow while common heart diseases prevent the chambers and/or valves from working properly.
- Electrocardiography measures the electrical activity of the heart.
- Pulse is an indicator of heartbeat and heartbeat is produced by blood pressure.
- Heart rate is the number of cardiac cycles per minute.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the cardiovascular system, including its structures and their function.
- Use a model to predict and show relationships among variables between the cardiovascular system and its components.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the ABO blood groups.
- Use models to relate structure to function for the components of blood.
- Gather, read and interpret scientific information about pathological conditions that may affect the cardiovascular system.
- Gather, read and interpret scientific information about possible prevention options related to the pathology of the cardiovascular system.
- Gather, read and interpret scientific information about possible treatment options related to the pathology of the cardiovascular system.
- Use evidence to form an argument about possible prevention or treatment options related to the pathology of the cardiovascular system.
- Use evidence to defend an argument about possible prevention or treatment options related to the pathology of the cardiovascular system.
- Evaluate counter-claims and revise argument based on evidence.
- Gather, read and interpret scientific information about common tests that can be used to monitor cardiovascular function.
- Design a experiment to collect data in relation to cardiovascular function.
- Determine how the change in the variables will be measured or identified.
- Determine how the response within the cardiovascular system will be measured or identified.
- Use a tool to collect and record changes in the external environment (variables) and the organism responses.
- Evaluate experiment for accuracy and precision of data collection, as well as limitations.
- Make revisions to experiment if needed to produce more accurate and precise results.
- Manipulate variables that will cause changes in cardiovascular test investigation results.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The cardiovascular system's main function is to transport various items throughout the body (oxygen, digested nutrients, systemic waste, etc.).
- Various cardiovascular organs serve in different capacities to move blood (its transport agent) around the body.
- Cardiovascular organs are made up of various tissues that work together to carry out the organs' functions.
- Several variables such as exercise, diet, disease, caffeine, etc. affect cardiovascular health.
- Lifestyle changes can be used to prevent or treat cardiovascular disease.
- Several variables such as exercise, diet, disease, caffeine, etc. change cardiovascular output.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM: Blood Typing; Electrocardiogram
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
3 |
|
8 ) Communicate scientific information to explain the relationship between the
structures and functions, both mechanical (e.g., chewing, churning in stomach)
and chemical (e.g., enzymes, hydrochloric acid [HCl] in stomach), of the
digestive system, including the accessory organs (e.g., salivary glands,
pancreas).
a. Obtain and communicate information to demonstrate an understanding of
the disorders of the digestive system (e.g., ulcers, Crohn's disease,
diverticulitis).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze scientific information about the relationship between structures of the digestive system that contribute to mechanical digestion and their function.
- Analyze scientific information about the relationship between structures of the digestive system that contribute to chemical digestion and their function.
- Communicate information to explain the relationship between structures of the digestive system that contribute to both chemical and mechanical digestion and how their structure is related to their function.
- Communicate synthesized information to differentiate among the causes and effects of digestive disorders.
- Communicate synthesized information to differentiate among the treatment and prevention of digestive disorders.
Teacher Vocabulary: - digestive tract/ alimentary canal
- accessory digestive organs: salivary glands, pancreas, liver, gallbladder
- gastrulation
- ingestion
- mastication
- salivary amylase
- esophagus
- reverse peristalsis
- protease
- mucosa
- cholecystokinin
- gastrin
- secretin
- chyme
- enerokinases
- parenteral nutrition
- hepatic
- flatulence
- feces
- buccal/ oral cavity
- palate (hard and soft)
- intrinsic/ extrinsic tongue muscles
- glands (salivary, parotid, sublingual, submandibular)
- teeth (incisors, canine/ cuspid, bicuspid/ premolars, molars, wisdom)
- esophagus
- stomach
- lamina propria
- mucosae, submucosa
- adventitia/ serosa
- cardiac sphincter
- reflux
- regions—upper (cardiac), middle (fundic), lower (pyloric)
- cells (parietal, chief, mucous neck, gastric stem)
- glands (cardiac, fundic, pyloric)
- pyloric sphincter
- intestine (small and large)
- duodenum
- jejunum
- ileum
- villi
- mesentery
- cecum
- cecum
- appendix
- colon (transverse, descending, sigmoid)
- rectum
- anus
- dysphagia
- Gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
- Crohn's disease
- Celiac disease
- Diverticulitus
- Inflammatory Bowel Disease
- Ameobic dysentery
- polyps
- hepatitis
- hernia
- pancreatitis
Knowledge: Students know:
- The digestive system is composed of the digestive tract (mouth, pharynx, esophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine, and rectum) and accessory digestive organs (salivary glands, pancreas, liver, gallbladder).
- Mechanical digestion includes chewing (mastication), swallowing, peristalsis, churning in the stomach).
- Chemical digestion is contributed to by enzymes, acids, and hormones.
- The hypothalamus regulates hunger and thirst.
- Chemical and mechanical digestion begin in the mouth.
- Perstalsis moves food through the digestive tract.
- The stomach uses enzymes and acids (chemical) and churning(mechanical) to digest proteins.
- Hormones produced by the stomach and small intestine regulate digestion.
- Digestion of most food takes place in the proximal portions of the small intestine while absorption of digested food takes place in the distal portions.
- The large intestine absorbs water and electrolytes in its proximal components and feces is formed in the distal portions.
- Exocrine functions of the pancreas involve the production of digestive enzymes.
- The endocrine function of the pancreas involves insulin and glucagon, which regulate sugar.
- Bile production is a major function of the liver.
- The gallbladder stores and releases bile, which helps with fat digestion.
- Food intolerances are caused by the inability to absorb or digest food.
- Polyps are outgrowths of the mucosa that can devlop into cancer.
- Ulcers are caused by erosion fo the digestive tract mucosa.
- Digestive system gland disorders include cirrhosis, hepatitis, and pancreatitis.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the structures of the digestive system that contribute to mechanical digestion.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the function of the structures of the digestive system that contribute to mechanical digestion.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the structures of the digestive system that contribute to chemical digestion.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the function of the structures of the digestive system that contribute to chemical digestion.
- Communicate scientific information, in multiple formats (e.g., orally, graphically, textually) to explain the structure and function of the mechanical and chemical digestive system, as a whole, and of its intrinsic parts.
- Use scientific literature to identify conditions and diseases that effect the digestive system.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how these conditions and diseases affect the body.
- Analyze data in order to make a valid and reliable scientific claim about how the body responds to the identified conditions and diseases in its attempt to maintain homeostasis.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The digestive system is made of several different tissues, organs, and accessory organs that ultimately break down food into smaller, usable molecules that can be absorbed and transported by the blood to the rest of the body's tissues.
- The digestive system creates and eliminates solid waste from the parts of foods that aren't transported into the bloodstream.
- Numerous organs/accessory organs are structurally designed to play several different roles in the digestion process.
- Several reactions/systems (glycolysis, electron transport chain, glucogenesis, amination, TCA cycle, etc. occur and contribute to metabolism.
- Several factors (genetics, diet, exercise, stress, etc.) can contribute to the development of digestive disorders.
- Lifestyle choices and various medications can help alleviate digestive disorders.
- Multiple systems interact to play a part in digestive pathology.
- Various organs and locations within those organs are affected, depending on each digestive disorder.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
3 |
|
9 ) Develop and use a model to explain how the organs of the respiratory system
function.
a. Engage in argument from evidence describing how environmental (e.g.,
cigarette smoke, polluted air) and genetic factors may affect the respiratory
system, possibly leading to pathological conditions (e.g., cystic fibrosis).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain and analyze information about the respiratory system, including its structure and function.
- Develop and use a model to explain how the organs of the respiratory system function.
- Develop and use a model to test respiratory function.
- Use a model to predict and explain relationships between parts of the respiratory system and its function.
- Obtain and evaluate information on environmental factors that may affect the respiratory system.
- Obtain and evaluate information on genetic factors that may affect the respiratory system.
- Use appropriate sufficient evidence and scientific reasoning to defend claims and explanations about environmental or genetic factors that may lead to pathological conditions in the respiratory system.
- Defend a claim against counter-claims and critique by evaluating counter-claims and by describing the connections between the relevant and appropriate evidence and the strongest claim.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Lung
- ventilation
- lower/ upper respiratory system
- nose
- quadrangular cartilage
- nostrils/ nares
- nasal cavity
- paranasal sinuses
- turbinates
- pharynx
- nasopharynx
- adenoids
- oropharynx
- tonsils
- laryngopharynx
- glottis
- larynx
- vocal cords
- epiglottis
- thyroid cartilage
- laryngeal prominence (adam's apple)
- cricoid cartilage
- arytenoid cartilage
- trachea
- primary bronchi
- tracheal cartilage
- bronchial tree
- bronchi (secondary and tertiary)
- bronchioles (terminal, respiratory)
- brochoconstriction
- bronchodilation
- pleura (parietal, visceral), pleuritis
- lobes, lobule
- surfactant
- alveolus
- diaphragm
- inspiration/ inhalation
- expiration/ exhalation
- phrenic nerve
- intrapleural pressure
- partial pressure
- bronchitis
- emphysema
- ARDS
- atelectasis
- pneumothorax
- bronchiectasis
- COPD
- sleep apnea
- lung cancer
- pneumonia
- tuberculosis
- tidal volume
- vital capacity
- residual volume
- lung capacity
Knowledge: Students know:
- The respiratory system is composed of the upper respiratory system (nose, nasal cavity, paranasal sinuses, pharynx),and the lower respiratory system (larynx, trachea, bronchial tree and lungs).
- Breathing is due to the action of the muscles and bones of the thorax and is controled by the antonomic and somatic nervous systems.
- Inspiration is due to the contraction of the diaphram and expansion of the rib cage.
- Alveoli expand and fill with air upon inspiration
- The partial pressure of gases in the air determines the direction of diffusion during breathing.
- Diseases of the respiratory system are either developmental (due to genetic conditions or lifestyle factors) or infectious (due to microorganisms).
- Lifestyle plays a significant role in respiratory system aging. Aging can lead to a reduced ability to carry out respiration and reduced diffusion of gases across the alveoli.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the respiratory system including its structures and their function.
- Use evidence to develop a model of the respiratory system.
- Develop a model to predict and show relationships among variables between the respiratory system and its components.
- Use a model to collect respiratory function data.
- Gather, read and interpret scientific information about environmental factors that may affect the respiratory system.
- Gather, read and interpret scientific information about genetic factors that may affect the respiratory system.
- Use evidence to form an argument about environmental or genetic factors that may cause pathological conditions in the respiratory system.
- Use evidence to defend an argument about environmental or genetic factors that may cause pathological conditions in the respiratory system.
- Evaluate counter-claims and revise argument based on evidence.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The respiratory system is made of several different tissues, and organs that move air in and out of the body.
- The respiratory system closely interacts with the cardiovascular system performing gas exchange between capillaries and alveoli.
- Numerous organs organs are structurally designed to play several different roles in the respiratory process.
- Genetic, environmental, and lifestyle factors can contribute to the development of respiratory disorders.
- Lifestyle choices and various medications can help alleviate respiratory disorders.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
10 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information to differentiate between the
male and female reproductive systems, including pathological conditions that
affect each.
a. Use models to demonstrate what occurs in fetal development at each stage
of pregnancy.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Read and draw conclusions from literature concerning the female reproductive system's anatomy and processes.
- Read and draw conclusions from literature concerning the male reproductive system's anatomy and processes.
- Compare and contrast the male and female reproductive systems by evaluating multiple sources of evidence.
- Communicate reproductive system contrasts in multiple formats (orally, graphically, textually, and mathematically).
- Evaluate data regarding reproductive disease, comparing multiple pieces of evidence to synthesize reliable claims.
- Use models to explain changes that occur during fetal development at different stages of pregnancy.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Specialized germ cells
- sexual dimorphism
- secondary sex characteristics
- puberty
- genitalia (external and internal)
- reproductive tract
- mammary gland
- uterus/ womb
- myometrium
- endometrium
- menstrual cycle
- uterine fundus
- cervix
- ovarian ligament
- ovum
- ovarian follicles
- oocytes
- graafian follicle
- ovulation
- estrogen
- fallopian tubes
- oviducts
- broad ligaments
- vagina
- perineum
- vulva
- labia majora
- clitoris
- erectile tissue
- hymen
- lactiferous ducts
- nipple
- areola
- lactation
- scrotum
- undescescended testis/ cryptorchidism
- seminiferous tubules
- epididymis
- vas deferens
- seminal vesicles
- semen
- ejaculatory ducts
- prostate gland
- Cowper's glands
- penis/ phallus
- corpus spongiosum
- circumcision
- corpus cavernosum
- dorsal vein
- erection
- ovarian cycle
- uterine cycle
- preovulation phase
- postovulation phase
- proliferative phase
- menses
- embryogenesis
- blastula/ blastocyst
- zygote
- gastrula
- embryo
- fetus
- germ layers (ectoderm, mesoderm, endoderm)
- amniotic sac
- amniotic fluid
- sexually transmitted diseases
- hypospadias
- cancers (prostate, testicular, breast, cervical)
- genital warts
- fibroids
- ectopic pregnancy
- placenta previa
- vesicoureteral reflux
- andropause
- impotence
- menopause
- prolapse
- Prostatic hypertrophy
- Testicular, ovarian, breast cancer
- Endometriosis
- Testicular torsion
Knowledge: Students know:
- The female reproductive system is designed to produce, store, and transport eggs.
- The female reproductive system is composed of the reproductive tract (ovaries, fallopian tubes, uterus, and vagina) and the mammary glands.
- The male reproductive system is designed to produce, store and transport sperm.
- The male reproductive system is composed of the testes, seminal vessels, and penis.
- Diseases of the reproductive tract are 1) congenital—affect the function of the gonads or development of reproductive organs, 2) infectious—STD's caused by arthropods, bacteria, protista or viruses, or 3) degenerative—abnormal growths, including cancer.
- Basic understanding of mitosis and meiosis.
- Ebryogenesis occurs when the fertilized egg (zygote) undergoes it's first mitosis. It continues mitosis about once every seven hours, forming a blastula, which imbeds in the uterine lining. The blastula then develops into a gastrula, at which stage the germ layers form. The gastrula then develops into a embryo and then a fetus, at which time all the major organ systems form from the three germ layers.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the female reproductive system and its structure, including structures that help in the production, storage and transport of eggs.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the female reproductive system and its function, including the production, storage and transport of eggs.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the male reproductive system and its structure, including structures that help in the production, storage and transport of sperm.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the male reproductive system and its function, including the production, storage and transport of sperm.
- Compare and contrast the structures and functions of the female and male reproductive systems.
- Communicate scientific information, in multiple formats (e.g., orally, graphically, textually) to explain differences between the structures and functions of the male and female reproductive systems.
- Use scientific literature to identify conditions and diseases that effect the reproductive system.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how these conditions and diseases affect the body.
- Analyze data in order to make a valid and reliable scientific claim about how the body responds to the identified conditions and diseases in its attempt to maintain homeostasis.
- Use a model to illustrate and describe what occurs during each stage of fetal development.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The reproductive system is made of several different tissues, and organs that produce, nourish, store, and release gametes.
- The reproductive system closely interacts with the nervous and endocrine systems to regulate several reproductive processes (menstruation, ovulation, hormonal cycles.
- Numerous cells, tissues, and organs are structurally designed to play several different roles in the reproductive process.
- Genetic, environmental, and lifestyle factors can contribute to the development of reproductive disorders.
- Lifestyle choices and various medications can help alleviate reproductive disorders.
- Multiple systems interact to play a part in reproductive function and pathology.
- The mother's circulatory system functions as a mode of transport (nutrient, gas, waste, etc.) for a developing baby.
- The fetus develops various cells, tissues, organs, and systems that mature over a scheduled set of events that occur over a period of nine months.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM: Reproduction and Development
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
11 ) Use models to differentiate the structures of the urinary system and to
describe their functions.
a. Analyze and interpret data related to the urinary system to show the
relationship between homeostatic imbalances and disease (e.g., kidney stones,
effects of pH imbalances).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use models to differentiate the structures of the urinary system.
- Obtain information about the structures of the urinary system and their functions.
- Use models to describe how structure is related to function within the urinary system.
- Describe the process of how urine is formed within the urinary system and how this helps the body maintain homeostasis.
- Determine relationship between urinary system disease the body's homeostatic conditions.
Teacher Vocabulary: - kidneys
- umbilical cord
- adipose capsule
- hilus
- renal artery
- renal vein
- renal fascia
- retroperitoneal
- renal cortex
- renal medulla
- renal pyramids
- renal columns
- renal pelvis
- ureters
- urinary bladder
- transitional epithelium
- internal urinary sphincter
- rugae
- urethra
- external urethral sphincter
- urethral orifice
- micturition
- incontinence
- anuria
- urinary retention
- catheter
- oliguria
- polyuria
- nephrons
- renal tubules
- glomerulus
- bowman's capsule
- corpuscle
- afferent arteriole
- peritubular capillary system
- convoluted tubule (proximal and distal)
- glomurular filtration
- tubular reabsortion
- tubular secretion
- urinalysis
- water conservation
- urine concentration
- diuresis
- polycystic kidney disease
- hemodialysis
- glycosuria
- aminoaciduria
- urinary tract infection
- urethritis
- cystitis
- pyelitis
- pyelonephritis
- dysuria
- pyuria
- glomeruleonephritis
- hematuria
- proteinuria
- diuretics
- renal failure (chronic and acute)
- renal cell carcinoma
- nephroptosis
Knowledge: Students know:
- The kidneys are positioned on either side of the midline of the superior abdominal cavity. A renal vein and artery exit or enter each kidney at its hilus. The inside of the kidneys have an outer cortex, and inner medulla and a renal pelvis. Urine is collected in the renal pyramids of the medulla and then trains into calyces that lead to the renal pelvis. The ureters transport urine to the bladder for temporary storage until it is released from the body through the urethra.
- Urination is controlled reflexively and voluntarily.
- Urine is formed in three stages glomerular filtration, tubular reabsorption, and tubular secretion.
- A combination of active and passive transport are responsible for water, nutrients and electrolytes being filtered back into the blood during reabsorption.
- Homeostasis is maintained in the urinary system through urine formation, which is regulated by hormones.
- Urinary system disorders are usually one of the following: congenital disorders, infection and inflammation, immune disorders, hormonal disorders, degenerative disorders or tumors. These can affect urine formation and therefore, homeostasis.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the urinary system and its structure, including accessory structures.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the urinary system and its function, including accessory structures.
- Use models to identify urinary system organs.
- Use models (macro and microscopic) to observe and determine difference in structure among urinary organs and tissues.
- Use models to describe the function of the urinary system as it relates to its structure.
- Use scientific literature to identify conditions and diseases that effect the urinary system system.
- Gather and examine urinary disease empirical evidence to draw correlations and predict cause and effect relationships.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how these conditions and diseases affect the body.
- Analyze data in order to make a valid and reliable scientific claim about how the body responds to the identified conditions and diseases in its attempt to maintain homeostasis.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The urinary system plays a major role in the removal of wastes to maitain homeostasis in the body by acting as a filtering system for the blood in a series of processes that ends in the production of urine.
- The urinary system is made of several different tissues, and organs that filter blood and create liquid waste.
- The urinary system closely interacts with the cardiovascular system performing different types of cell transport between capillaries and nephrons.
- Homeostatic factors contribute to the development of urinary disorders.
- Lifestyle choices and various medications can help alleviate urinary disorders.
- Multiple systems interact to play a part in urinary function and pathology.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM: Blood Typing; The Urinary System
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
12 ) Obtain and communicate information to explain the lymphatic organs and their structure and function.
a. Develop and use a model to explain the body's lines of defense and immunity.
b. Obtain and communicate information to demonstrate an understanding of the disorders of the immune system (e.g., acquired immunodeficiency syndrome [AIDS], severe combined immunodeficiency [SCID]).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain information about the structure of the lymphatic system and its components.
- Obtain information about the function of the lymphatic system and its components.
- Communication information to explain the structure and function of the lymphatic system and its components.
- Develop and use models to explain the body's line of defense and immunity, including those of innate and acquired immunities.
- Obtain information about disorders of the immune system.
- Communicate information to demonstrate an understanding of disorders of the immune system.
Teacher Vocabulary: - edema
- hilum (lymph node)
- lymph
- lymph gland
- lymph node
- lymph vessel
- lymphatic sinuses
- lymphatic trunk
- spleen (red pulp, white pulp)
- tonsils
- acquired immunity
- antibody (IgG, IgE, IgA, IgM, and IgD)
- antigen
- cell-mediated immunity
- complement
- Immunoglobulin
- Inflammatory response
- innate immunity
- interferons
- memory cell
- natural killer cells
- nonspecific immunity
- plasma cell
- primary immune response
- secondary immune response
- supressor T lymphocyte
- Human immunodeficiency virus
- hypersensitivities
- allergies
- acquired immunodeficiency syndrome [AIDS]
- severe combined immunodeficiency [SCID]
Knowledge: Students know:
- The lymphatic system is composed of lymphatic glands, lymph nodes and lymph vessels.
- The lymphatic system uses its own components, and cells derived from blood, to prevent and fight off infections.
- The immune system is composed of several components: WBC's protect the body from disease and assist with repair after an injury, and the lymphatic system organs along with organs from other systems act as barriers and fight off many micoorganisms.
- Innate immunity provides barriers agains infections while acquired immunity permits the body to recognize and fight specific infections.
- The primary immune response is the first reaction to an antigen while the secondary immune response protects against subsequent infections.
- A variety of disorders can diminish immune system function or increase its sensitivity
- Immunodeficiency disorders (such as AIDS, HIV or SCID) cause the body to lose its ability to fight disease.
Hypersensitivities are disorders in which the immune system overreacts to an antigen (allergies).
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the lymphatic system and its structure, including its various components.
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the lymphatic system and its function, including its various components.
- Communicate scientific information, in multiple formats (e.g., orally, graphically, textually) to explain the structure and function of the lymphatic system, as a whole, and of its intrinsic parts.
- Develop and use models based on evidence to illustrate and explain the body's lines of defense and innate immunity.
- Develop and use models based on evidence to illustrate and explain the body's lines of defens and acquired immunity.
- Use scientific literature to identify conditions and diseases that effect the lymphatic system.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how these conditions and diseases affect the body.
- Analyze data in order to make a valid and reliable scientific claim about how the body responds to the identified conditions and diseases in its attempt to maintain homeostasis.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The lymphatic system closely interacts with the cardiovascular system circulating along with it, helping with distributing hormones, nutrients, and wastes.
- The lymphatic system is often called a secondary circulatory system and helps to maintain blood volume homeostasis.
- Numerous organs and tissues are structurally designed to play several different roles in the lymphatic system.
- The lymphatic system is made of several different tissues, and organs that provide defense again infections and environmental hazards.
- The lymphatic system interacts with all other systems in the body to create specific immune responses.
- Genetic, environmental, and lifestyle factors can contribute to the development of lymphatic disorders.
- Lifestyle choices and various medications can help alleviate some lymphatic disorders.
- Multiple systems interact to play a part in lymphatic function and pathology.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM: Lymphatic System
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Human Anatomy and Physiology |
All Resources: |
1 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
|
13 ) Obtain, evaluate, and communicate information to support the claim that the endocrine glands secrete hormones that help the body maintain homeostasis through feedback loops.
a. Analyze the effects of pathological conditions (e.g., pituitary dwarfism, Addison's disease, diabetes mellitus) caused by imbalance of the hormones of the endocrine glands.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain information about the structure and function of various endocrine glands and the hormones they secrete.
- Obtain and evaluate information regarding hormones secreted by the endocrine system that help maintain homeostasis through feedback loops.
- Use evidence from research to support and communicate the claim that hormones released by the endocrine system help the body maintain homeostasis through feedback loops.
- Obtain information to determine the causes of endocrine pathological condition
- Analyze the effects of endocrine pathological conditions caused by imbalance of the hormones of the endocrine glands.
Teacher Vocabulary: - ductless glands
- endocrine glands
- endocrine secretions
- environmental signals
- exocrine glands
- exocrine secretions
- hormones
- receptors
- target cells
- ligand
- surface receptor
- internal receptor
- effector
- negative feedback
- agonists
- antagonists
- peptide hormones
- lipid hormones
- pituitary gland (anterior and posterior)
- hypothalamus
- releasing hormones
- oxytocin
- prolactin
- growth hormone
- pineal gland
- melatonin
- serotonin
- adrenal glands
- glucocorticosterioids
- cortisol
- mineralcorticosteroids
- adrenaline
- epinephrine
- thyroid gland
- parathyroid gland
- calcitonin
- parathyroid hormone
- pancreas
- insulin
- glucagon
- thymus gland
- thymosin
- gonads (ovaries, testes)
- estrogen
- progesterone
- testosterone
- pituitary dwarfism
- Addison's disease
- diabetes mellitus
- diabetes insipidus
Knowledge: Students know:
- The endocrine system is composed of glands that produce endocrine secretions that go directly into the blood and are cellular signals.
- Hormones work through a feedback loop—they attach to receptors on target cells, cause a metabolic change within the target cell, which causes the target cell (effector) to act in response to the stimulus or signal.
- Chemicals that carry out the job of a hormone by turning on a cell response are called agonists.
- Chemicals that carry out the job of a hormone by turning off a cell response are called antagonists.
- There are two types of hormones—peptide hormones are usually involved in rapid body changes and lipid hormones play a role in body fluid control and sexual reproduction.
- The human endocrine system is composed of ten endocrine glands: hypothalamus, pituitary, pineal, parathyroid glands, thyroid, thymus, adrenal, pancreas, ovary and testis.
- Each of the endocrine glands produces specific hormones that effect various functions within the body.
- Each endocrine gland needs some type of feedback signal to control its level of hormone production.
- Diseases of the endocrine system can cause too much or too little hormone secretion.
- Changes in hormone production contribute to aging.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Gather, read, and interpret scientific information about the endocrine system and its structure, including endocrine glands and the hormones they produce.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, the claim that endocrine glands secrete hormones that help the body maintain homeostasis through feedback loops.
- Communicate scientific information, in multiple formats (e.g., orally, graphically, textually) to explain the structure and function of the endocrine system, as a whole, and of its intrinsic parts.
- Use scientific literature to identify conditions and diseases that effect the endocrine system.
- Evaluate, based on evidence, how these conditions and diseases affect the body.
- Analyze data in order to make a valid and reliable scientific claim about how the body responds to the identified conditions and diseases in its attempt to maintain homeostasis.
- Analyze data to determine a correlation and possible cause and effect relationship.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The endocrine system is composed of several glands throughout the body that secrete hormones to specific target tissues.
- The endocrine system uses feedback loops to maintain homeostasis within the human body.
- Genetic, environmental, and lifestyle factors can contribute to the development of endocrine disorders.
- Lifestyle choices and various medications can help alleviate some endocrine disorders.
- Multiple systems interact to play a part in endocrine function and pathology.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM: Endocrine System: Time to Regulate!
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
8 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
6 |
|
1 ) Investigate and analyze, based on evidence obtained through observation or experimental design, the motion of an object using both graphical and mathematical models (e.g., creating or interpreting graphs of position, velocity, and acceleration versus time graphs for one- and two-dimensional motion; solving problems using kinematic equations for the case of constant acceleration) that may include descriptors such as position, distance traveled, displacement, speed, velocity, and acceleration.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Scale, Proportion, and Quantity Disciplinary Core Idea: Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Describe the motion of an object in terms of time, displacement, velocity, and acceleration in both one and two dimensions by analyzing a graph of that motion.
- Use data obtained from observation or experimental design of an investigation to analyze and explain the motion of an object in one and two dimensions.
- Use kinematic equations to solve for the displacement, velocity and acceleration of an object undergoing constant acceleration in both one and two dimensions using correct units.
Teacher Vocabulary: - model
- graph
- instant
- interval
- position
- velocity
- acceleration
- displacement
- distance
- speed
- average speed
- average velocity
- experimental design
- kinematic equations
- investigation
- analyze
- trajectory
- projectile
- range
- slope
- area under curve
- intercepts
- vector
- scalar
- coordinates
- origin
- magnitude
- units of measure
- significant figures
- trigonometric functions
Knowledge: Students know:
- How to use mathematical computations to solve for the motion of an object.
- How to analyze both linear and nonlinear graphs of motion.
- Laboratory safety procedures.
- Appropriate units of measure.
- Basic trigonometric functions of sine, cosine and tangent.
- How to determine area under a curve on a graph.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Manipulate kinematic equations of motion.
- Interpret graphical data.
- Create graphical representations of data.
- Collect and organize experimental data.
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Make measurements of distance and time using standard units.
- Manipulate laboratory equipment.
- Work safely in collaborative lab groups.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The motion of an object can be predicted using mathematical models and graphical models.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Intro to Graphing; Traveling Washer in 1D; Match the Graph; Motion of a Toy Car; Constant Velocity; Comparing Linear Speed and Circular Speed; Changing Velocity; Motion of a Falling Marble; Motion on an Incline; Motion Graphs; Treasure Hunt; Journey of a Physics Student; Tractor Pull; Projectile Motion Photo Worksheet; Horizontal Launch; Range vs. Angle; Basketball Toss; Acceleration on an Incline; Coefficient of Friction; Horizontal Circular Motion; Impulse Momentum; Collisions in 2D; Rotational Motion; Moment of Inertia; Conservation of Angular Momentum; Energy Exchange; Simple Harmonic Motion
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.17: The motion of an object can be described by its position and velocity as functions of time and by its average speed and average acceleration during intervals of time.
NAEP Statement:: P12.19: The motion of an object changes only when a net force is applied.
NAEP Statement:: P12.22: Gravitation is a universal attractive force that each mass exerts on any other mass. The strength of the gravitational force between two masses is proportional to the masses and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
4 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
3 |
|
2 ) Identify external forces in a system and apply Newton's laws graphically by using models such as free-body diagrams to explain how the motion of an object is affected, ranging from simple to complex, and including circular motion.
a. Use mathematical computations to derive simple equations of motion for
various systems using Newton's second law.
b. Use mathematical computations to explain the nature of forces (e.g., tension, friction, normal) related to Newton's second and third laws.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Identify external forces in a system graphically using models such as free body diagrams.
- Determine the sum of the forces on an object.
- Apply Newton's laws to explain the motion of an object.
- Explain how motion, from simple to complex including circular motion, is affected by external forces.
- Derive kinematics equations for variables like displacement, time, velocity and acceleration from Newton's second law.
- Solve kinematics equations for variables like displacement, time, velocity and acceleration from Newton's second law.
- Explain the nature of forces related to Newton's second and third laws using computations.
Teacher Vocabulary: - model
- graph
- instant
- interval
- position
- velocity
- acceleration
- displacement
- distance
- speed
- average speed
- average velocity
- kinematic equations
- analyze
- slope
- intercepts
- vector
- scalar
- coordinates
- origin
- magnitude
- units of measure
- significant figures
- circular motion
- centripetal force
- friction
- tension
- normal
- trigonometric functions
- perpendicular
- radius
- circumference
- period
- frequency
- pi
- trajectory
- projectile
- range
- free-body diagram
- force diagram
- net force
- inertia
- action-reaction
- proportional
- force
- mass
- system
Knowledge: Students know:
- How to use mathematical computations to solve for net force on an object.
- How to use mathematical computations to solve for kinematics variables.
- Appropriate units of measure.
- How to identify the system.
- Basic trigonometric functions of sine, cosine and tangent.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Manipulate equations.
- Complete mathematical computations.
- Interpret graphical data.
- Create graphical representations of data.
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Draw force diagrams.
- Identify the forces acting on an object.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Net force causes objects to change their motion.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Forces Poster; Weight Versus Mass; Forces as Vectors; Force Tables; Newton's 3rd Law; Free Body Diagrams; Force and Motion; Newton's 2nd Law; Acceleration on an Incline; Coefficient of Friction; Horizontal Circular Motion; Pool Ball Inertia; Hooke's Law; Archimedes' Principle; Work and Kinetic Energy; Simple Harmonic Motion
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.19: The motion of an object changes only when a net force is applied.
NAEP Statement:: P12.20: The magnitude of acceleration of an object depends directly on the strength of the net force and inversely on the mass of the object. This relationship (a=Fnet/m) is independent of the nature of the force.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
3 ) Evaluate qualitatively and quantitatively the relationship between the
force acting on an object, the time of interaction, and the change in
momentum using the impulse-momentum theorem.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Explain the relationship between force acting on an object, time of interaction and the change in momentum using the impulse momentum theorem.
- Make predictions about the effects of changing variables in the relationship.
- Use the impulse momentum theorem to solve for the force acting on an object, time of interaction, mass or the change in velocity given three of the variables.
Teacher Vocabulary: - model
- graph
- position
- velocity
- acceleration
- displacement
- distance
- speed
- instant
- interval
- kinematic equations
- analyze
- slope
- area under curve
- intercepts
- vector
- scalar
- coordinates
- origin
- magnitude
- units of measure
- significant figures
- friction
- free-body diagram
- force diagram
- net force
- inertia
- action-reaction
- proportional
- force
- mass
- system
- momentum
- impulse
- peak
- trough
Knowledge: Students know:
- How to use mathematical computations to solve for unknown variables in the impulse momentum theorem.
- How to interpret area under a curve of a graph.
- How to solve for kinematics variables using mathematical computations.
- Appropriate units of measure.
- How to identify the system.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Manipulate equations.
- Interpret graphical data.
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Draw force diagrams.
- Identify the forces acting on an object.
- Solve mathematical equations.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The same change in momentum can be caused by different force—time combinations.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: This standard is closely related to standard 6 — conservation of momentum. An engineering design task such as air bags can be implemented easily for this standard. ~Impulse Momentum
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.21: Whenever one object exerts force on another, a force equal in magnitude and opposite in direction is exerted by the second object back on the first object. In closed systems, momentum is the quantity of motion that is conserved. Conservation of momentum can be used to help validate the relationship a=Fnet/m.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
4 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
4 ) Identify and analyze forces responsible for changes in rotational motion and develop an understanding of the effect of rotational inertia on the motion of a rotating object (e.g., merry-go-round, spinning toy, spinning figure skater, stellar collapse [supernova], rapidly spinning pulsar).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Identify forces responsible for changes in rotational motion.
- Analyze forces responsible for changes in rotational motion.
- Predict changes in motion of various rotating bodies based on changes in their rotational inertia.
Teacher Vocabulary: - angular position
- rotational inertia
- center of gravity
- model
- graph
- force
- rotational motion
- circular motion
- torque
- lever arm
- angle
- radian
- circumference
- diameter
- radius
- arc
- angular momentum
- angular velocity
- angular acceleration
- angle of rotation
- distance
- perpendicular
- system
- clockwise
- counterclockwise
- equilibrium
- translational equilibrium
- rotational equilibrium
- axis of rotation
- center of mass
- Newton's laws
- tangential
- moment of inertia
- free body diagram
Knowledge: Students know:
- How to identify the system.
- Apply Newton's Second Law of Motion.
- What rotational inertia is and how it affects the motion of a rotating object.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Draw rigid body diagrams.
- Solve for net force.
- Extrapolate their understanding of a physical illustration of a phenomenon (e.g., spinning figure skater, merry-go-round) to an intangible example of the same phenomenon (e.g., rapidly spinning pulsar, supernova).
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Objects in rotational motion experience varied changes in motion depending upon their rotational inertia and the net force acting upon them.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Introduction to Torque
Rotational Motion
Moment of Inertia
Conservation of Angular Momentum
This standard should be enhanced by a deep level of mathematical analysis and laboratory experience.
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
3 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
5 ) Construct models that illustrate how energy is related to work performed on or by an object and explain how different forms of energy are transformed from one form to another (e.g., distinguishing between kinetic, potential, and other forms of energy such as thermal and sound; applying both the work-energy theorem and the law of conservation of energy to systems such as roller coasters, falling objects, and spring-mass systems; discussing the effect of frictional forces on energy conservation and how it affects the motion of an object).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Energy Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Construct models that illustrate how energy is related to work performed on or by an object.
- Explain how different forms of energy are transformed from one form to another.
Teacher Vocabulary: - area under curve
- model
- graph
- work
- energy
- gravitational potential energy
- kinetic energy
- elastic potential energy
- thermal energy
- sound energy
- friction
- force
- velocity
- mass
- distance
- law of conservation of energy
- systems
- work-energy theorem
Knowledge: Students know:
- The different forms of energy.
- How to recognize work being done.
- The law of conservation of energy.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Construct models to illustrate phenomena.
- Recognize different forms of energy.
- Apply the law of conservation of energy to a system.
- Graph data.
- Determine the area under a curve on a graph.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Energy is the ability to do work and energy can be transformed into different forms of energy while obeying the law of conservation of energy.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: This standard should be enhanced by a deep level of mathematical analysis and laboratory experience. An engineering design task can be implemented easily for this standard. ~Hooke's Law ~Energy Exchange ~Work ~Work and Kinetic Energy ~Energy Using PhET ~Simple Harmonic Motion.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.13: The potential energy of an object on Earth's surface is increased when the object's position is changed from one closer to Earth's surface to one farther from Earth's surface.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
6 ) Investigate collisions, both elastic and inelastic, to evaluate the effects
on momentum and energy conservation.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Energy Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Investigate elastic collisions in the laboratory to provide evidence of whether or not energy and/or momentum is conserved.
- Investigate inelastic collisions in the laboratory to provide evidence of whether or not energy and/or momentum is conserved.
Teacher Vocabulary: - instant
- interval
- model
- graph
- position
- velocity
- displacement
- distance
- speed
- kinematic equations
- analyze
- intercepts
- vector
- scalar
- coordinates
- origin
- magnitude
- units of measure
- significant figures
- friction
- inertia
- action-reaction
- proportional
- mass
- system
- momentum
- impulse
- kinetic energy
- elastic
- inelastic
- collision
- conservation
- energy
Knowledge: Students know:
- Kinetic energy, how to identify other forms of energy, and have a general understanding of the conservation of energy.
- Momentum and have an understanding of the conservation of momentum.
- The appropriate units of measure.
- How to identify the system.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Collect and organize experimental data.
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Make measurements of velocity and mass using standard units.
- Effectively manipulate laboratory equipment.
- Interpret graphical data.
- Work safely in collaborative lab groups.
- Manipulate equations.
- Solve mathematical equations.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Momentum and energy are always conserved.
- Kinetic energy is conserved in elastic collisions, but is not conserved in inelastic collisions.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: This standard is closely related to standard 3—impulse momentum. An engineering design task can be implemented easily for this standard. Impulse Momentum; Conservation of Momentum; Conservation of Momentum 2D
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.21: Whenever one object exerts force on another, a force equal in magnitude and opposite in direction is exerted by the second object back on the first object. In closed systems, momentum is the quantity of motion that is conserved. Conservation of momentum can be used to help validate the relationship a=Fnet/m.
NAEP Statement:: P12.9: Energy may be transferred from one object to another during collisions.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
6 |
Classroom Resources: |
6 |
|
7 ) Plan and carry out investigations to provide evidence that the first and
second laws of thermodynamics relate work and heat transfers to the change in
internal energy of a system with limits on the ability to do useful work (e.g.,
heat engine transforming heat at high temperature into mechanical energy and
low-temperature waste heat, refrigerator absorbing heat from the cold reservoir
and giving off heat to the hot reservoir with work being done).
a. Develop models to illustrate methods of heat transfer by conduction
(e.g., an ice cube in water), convection (e.g., currents that transfer heat from
the interior up to the surface), and radiation (e.g., an object in sunlight).
b. Engage in argument from evidence regarding how the second law of
thermodynamics applies to the entropy of open and closed systems.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Planning and Carrying out Investigations; Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models; Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Energy Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Plan an investigation to provide evidence that the first and second law of thermodynamics relate work and heat transfers to the change in internal energy of a system with limits on the ability to do useful work.
- Carry out an investigation to provide evidence that the first and second law of thermodynamics relate work and heat transfers to the change in internal energy of a system with limits on the ability to do useful work.
- Create models to illustrate how heat is transferred by conduction, convection and radiation.
- Engage in argument from evidence regarding how the second law of thermodynamics applies to the entropy of open and closed systems.
Teacher Vocabulary: - model
- thermodynamics
- entropy
- convection
- conduction
- radiation
- scientific argumentation
- open system
- closed system
- heat transfer
- laws of thermodynamics
- work
- internal energy
- temperature
- heat
- thermometer
- thermal equilibrium
- average kinetic energy
- kinetic theory of matter
- specific heat capacity
- conservation of energy
- thermal energy
- thermal conductivity
- heat exchanger
- heat sink
- heat reservoir
- isovolumetric
- isothermal
- adiabatic
- cyclic processes
- heat engine
- efficiency
Knowledge: Students know:
- How to recognize open and closed systems.
- How to utilize models for understanding.
- Temperature scales and conversions.
- How to perform graphical analysis.
- The relationship between work and energy.
- The difference between heat and temperature.
- How to develop models.
- The differences among conduction, convection and radiation.
- How to use evidence to support an argument/claim.
- How the second law of thermodynamics applies to entropy of an open system.
- How the second law of thermodynamics applies to entropy of a closed system.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop an appropriate experimental procedure.
- Create a data sheet.
- Collect and organize experimental data.
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Make measurements using standard units.
- Manipulate laboratory equipment.
- Work safely in collaborative lab groups.
- Communicate results of research.
- Manipulate equations.
- Interpret graphical data.
- Solve mathematical equations.
- Develop models to illustrate a phenomenon.
- Engage in scientific argumentation using valid evidence.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Heat energy can be transferred in various ways and used to do work within the limits defined by the laws of thermodynamics.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: This standard could be enhanced by including the study of internal combustion engines, external combustion engines and heat pumps. Heat Transfer; Mass Lifter; Cold Specific Heat (supports DCI)
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
6 |
Classroom Resources: |
6 |
|
8 ) Investigate the nature of wave behavior to illustrate the concept of the
superposition principle responsible for wave patterns, constructive and
destructive interference, and standing waves (e.g., organ pipes, tuned exhaust
systems).
a. Predict and explore how wave behavior is applied to scientific phenomena
such as the Doppler effect and Sound Navigation and
Ranging (SONAR).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Structure and Function Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Investigate the nature of wave behavior.
- Illustrate the concept of the superposition principle responsible for wave patterns.
- Illustrate the concept of the superposition principle responsible for constructive and destructive interference.
- Illustrate the concept of the superposition principle responsible for standing waves.
- Explore and explain how wave behavior is applied to scientific phenomena such as the Doppler Effect and Sound Navigation and Ranging (SONAR).
- Predict what the wave pattern would be for an object at rest or an object moving toward or away from an observer using the Doppler Effect and SONAR.
Teacher Vocabulary: - model
- Doppler Effect
- constructive interference
- destructive interference
- standing wave
- superposition principle
- wave
- wave speed
- frequency
- period
- speed of light
- speed of sound
- wavelength
- medium
- SONAR
- RADAR
- Red shift
- ultrasound
- crest
- trough
- amplitude
- node
- antinode
- sound
- mechanical
- electromagnetic
- compression
- rarefaction
- longitudinal
Knowledge: Students know:
- The concept of the superposition principle.
- The relationship among frequency, wavelength and speed.
- The relationship between frequency and pitch.
- The relationship between wavelength and color.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Illustrate/model the concept of the superposition principle responsible for wave patterns.
- Illustrate/model waveforms to show interference.
- Illustrate/model waveforms to show standing waves.
- Explore wave behavior.
- Make predictions about wave behavior as applied to phenomena such as Doppler and SONAR.
- Locate information from multiple sources.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- When waves interfere they form wave patterns predicted by the law of superposition.
- Wave behavior, known as the Doppler Effect, can be used to determine the relative speed of objects producing or reflecting waves.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Wave Behavior; Vibrating String; Doppler Demo; Properties of Sound; Palm Pipes; Speed of Sound; Spectrum of Stars; Double Slit Diffraction
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
9 ) Obtain and evaluate information regarding technical devices to describe wave propagation of electromagnetic radiation and compare it to sound propagation. (e.g., wireless telephones, magnetic resonance imaging [MRI], microwave systems, Radio Detection and Ranging [RADAR], SONAR, ultrasound).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Obtain information regarding technical devices to describe wave propagation of electromagnetic radiation.
- Obtain information regarding technical devices to describe wave propagation of sound wave.
- Evaluate information regarding technical devices to describe wave propagation of electromagnetic radiation.
- Evaluate information regarding technical devices to describe wave propagation of sound wave.
- Compare the wave propagation of electromagnetic radiation to sound wave propagation.
Teacher Vocabulary: - evaluate
- model
- Doppler Effect
- constructive interference
- destructive interference
- standing wave
- superposition principle
- wave
- wave speed
- frequency
- period
- speed of light
- speed of sound
- wavelength
- medium
- SONAR
- RADAR
- Red shift
- ultrasound
- crest
- trough
- amplitude
- electromagnetic spectrum
- technical devices
Knowledge: Students know:
- How sound waves propagate.
- How electromagnetic waves propagate.
- General wave properties and wave behavior.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Conduct research.
- Evaluate the reliability of multiple sources.
- Effectively communicate results of research by designated means.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Waves are used in modern technologies to obtain and transfer information.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: Standard 8 lays the foundation for standard 9 and should be mastered prior to standard. Comparing Sound and Light; GPS and Relativity.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
6 |
Classroom Resources: |
6 |
|
10 ) Plan and carry out investigations that evaluate the mathematical
explanations of light as related to optical systems (e.g., reflection,
refraction, diffraction, intensity, polarization, Snell's law, the inverse
square law).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Based on evidence from investigations, students can trace the path of light refracted through a lens or reflected off a mirror and find the focal point.
- Based on evidence from investigations, students determine the relationship between intensity and distance from a light source.
- Experimentally demonstrate Snell's Law.
- Experimentally demonstrate the mirror and lens equations.
Teacher Vocabulary: - medium
- model
- graph
- image distance
- object distance
- focal point
- magnification
- critical angle
- refraction
- reflection
- diffraction
- interference
- constructive interference
- destructive interference
- principal axis
- center of curvature
- intensity
- inverse
- angle of incidence
- angle of reflection
- angle of refraction
- index of refraction
- speed of light
- system
- velocity
- polarization
- minima
- maxima
- order
- slit width
- slit separation
- object
- image
- real
- virtual
- inverted
- erect
- spherical aberration
- chromatic aberration
- total internal reflection
- law of reflection
- Snell's lLaw
- prism
- ray
- concave
- convex
- plane
- divergent
- convergent
- ray diagrams
Knowledge: Students know:
- How light interacts at boundaries of different media.
- The wave properties of light.
- Basic trigonometric equations.
- How to do graphical analysis.
- Inverse and inverse square relationships.
- Types of images and how images are formed.
- Appropriate units of measure.
- How to identify a system.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Develop an appropriate experimental procedure.
- Create a data sheet.
- Collect and organize experimental data.
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Make measurements using standard units.
- Effectively manipulate laboratory equipment.
- Work safely in collaborative lab groups.
- Manipulate equations.
- Interpret graphical data.
- Solve mathematical equations.
- Draw a light ray diagram and identify the location of an image.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The behavior of light is predictable mathematically allowing the development of optical devices to improve vision macroscopically and microscopically.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: This standard is related to standard 8—waves and should be a continuation of the discussion of waves. Light is discussed in earlier grades and that learning should be reinforced. This standard does not address color but color should be included when working on this standard. This standard provides examples covering an extremely wide range of optics. In this document, emphasis was placed on refraction and reflection; however, the topics of diffraction and interference should also be considered for historical and mathematical relevance. Illuminance; Plane and Curved Mirrors; Concave Mirror; Snell's Law; Convex and Concave Lenses; Convex Lens; Polarized Filters and Meter Basics
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
8 |
Classroom Resources: |
8 |
|
11 ) Develop and use models to illustrate electric and magnetic fields,
including how each is created (e.g., charging by either conduction or induction
and polarizing; sketching field lines for situations such as point charges, a
charged straight wire, or a current carrying wires such as solenoids;
calculating the forces due to Coulomb's laws), and predict the motion of charged
particles in each field and the energy required to move a charge between two
points in each field.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Develop models to illustrate electric fields.
- Develop models to illustrate magnetic fields.
- Use models to illustrate how electric fields are created.
- Use models to illustrate how magnetic fields are created.
- Predict the motion of a charged particle in an electric field.
- Predict the motion of a charged particle in a magnetic field.
- Predict the energy required to move a charged particle between two points in an electric field.
- Predict the energy required to move a charged particle between two points in a magnetic field.
Teacher Vocabulary: - voltmeter
- model
- fields
- field force
- energy
- potential energy
- electric potential
- electric charge
- positive
- negative
- like
- unlike
- electric field strength
- north and south magnetic poles
- magnet
- magnetic field strength
- conduction
- induction
- charge
- current
- conductors
- insulators
- compass
- multimeter
- work
- vector
- point charge
- test charge
- Coulomb's law
- proton
- electron
- attract
- repel
Knowledge: Students know:
- How to develop and use models.
- Understanding of static electricity.
- Phenomena of electric and magnetic fields.
- How charges interact and how they behave in a field.
- How fields interact.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Properly use a voltmeter or mulimeter.
- Develop and use models to make predictions and to illustrate explanations.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Some forces act over a distance, creating fields.
- The behavior of objects in a field is predictable and caused by interaction of fields and charged particles.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: This standard could be met by minimal use of mathematics, however, the incorporation of mathematics would deepen the students' knowledge of how objects and fields interact. Forces Poster; A Sticky Situation; Neon Bulb and Charge; Electroscopes; Electric Field Mapping; Charges and Fields PhET; Van de Graaff; Coulomb's Law Video; Magnetic Fields and Electromagnetic Induction.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.23: Electric force is a universal force that exists between any two charged objects. Opposite charges attract while like charges repel. The strength of the electric force is proportional to the magnitudes of the charges and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between them. Between any two charged particles, the electric force is vastly greater than the gravitational force.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physics |
All Resources: |
5 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
4 |
|
12 ) Use the principles of Ohm's and Kirchhoff's laws to design, construct, and analyze combination circuits using typical components (e.g., resistors, capacitors, diodes, sources of power).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Design combination circuits using typical components.
- Construct combination circuits using typical components.
- Analyze combination circuits using Ohm's and Kirchhoff's laws.
Teacher Vocabulary: - ammeter
- voltmeter
- series
- parallel
- model
- Kirchhoff's laws
- Ohm's law
- resistance
- current
- electric potential
- multimeter
- positive
- negative
- electrical components
- circuit
- voltage source
- conductors
- resistor color code
- circuit diagram
- heat
- charge
- static electricity
Knowledge: Students know:
- The color code for the resistance of resistors.
- The basic principles of static electricity.
- How to construct electrical circuits.
- Several different components can be used to build an electrical circuit.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Design and use models.
- Develop an appropriate experimental procedure.
- Create a data sheet.
- Collect and organize experimental data.
- Follow written and verbal instructions.
- Make measurements using standard units.
- Effectively manipulate laboratory equipment.
- Work safely in collaborative lab groups.
- Manipulate equations.
- Interpret graphical data.
- Solve mathematical equations.
- Use a multimeter.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Circuits are complete pathways through which current will flow predictably and will provide energy to the connected component(s).
- Circuits may be simple or complex.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Module: This standard could be met by minimal use of mathematics, however, the incorporation of more rigorous mathematics would deepen the students' knowledge. Circuit Basics; Ohm's Law; Resistors in Series; Resistors in Parallel; Kirchhoff's Rules.
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
2 |
|
1 ) Use the periodic table as a model to predict the relative properties and trends (e.g., reactivity of metals; types of bonds formed, including ionic, covalent, and polar covalent; numbers of bonds formed; reactions with oxygen) of main group elements based on the patterns of valence electrons in atoms.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use the periodic table as a model to predict properties of main group elements based on patterns of valence electrons.
- Use the periodic table as a model to predict the trends of main group elements based on patterns of valence electrons.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Periodic table
- Valence electrons
- Protons
- Neutrons
- Electrons
- Family
- Period
- Covalent
- Ionic
- Oxidation number
- Cations
- Anions
- Ions
- Main group elements
- Metal
- Non-metal
Knowledge: Students know:
- The periodic table orders elements horizontally by the number of protons in the atom's nucleus and places those with similar chemical properties in columns.
- The repeating patterns of the periodic table reflect patterns of outer electron states.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify and describe of the main group elements.
- Describe how the number of protons determines an elements place on the periodic table.
- Predict patterns of behavior of an element based on its position on the Periodic Table.
- Predict number and charges of stable ions formed from atoms in a compound.
- Determine the number and type of bonds formed.
- Predict numbers of protons, neutrons, and electrons based on periodic table information.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Students will understand how to propose an argument and defend their claim on electromagnetic radiation safety.
- Non-ionizing radiation, such as those emitted in electronics.cannot cause immediate damage, but does interact with the body to potentially cause indirect damage, following long-term exposure.
- Ionizing radiation, such as X-rays and gamma rays, can be hazardous.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Chemistry Module: Periodic Table; Journey Into the Atom
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.3: In the Periodic Table, elements are arranged according to the number of protons (called the atomic number). This organization illustrates commonality and patterns of physical and chemical properties among the elements.
NAEP Statement:: P12.6: An atom's electron configuration, particularly of the outermost electrons, determines how the atom can interact with other atoms. The interactions between atoms that hold them together in molecules or between oppositely charged ions are called chemical bonds.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
2 ) Plan and carry out investigations (e.g., squeezing a balloon, placing a balloon on ice) to identify the relationships that exist among the pressure, volume, density, and temperature of a confined gas
.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Plan investigations to identify the relationship that exist among the pressure, volume, density and temperature of a confined gas.
- Carry out investigations to identify the relationship that exist among the pressure, volume, density and temperature of a confined gas.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Pressure
- Volume
- Temperature
- Density
- Mass
- Gas
- Solid
- Liquid
- Control
- Dependent variable
- Independent variable
- Direct relationship
- Indirect relationship
- Molecular-kinetic theory of matter
- Heat vs. temperature
- States of matter
Knowledge: Students know:
- Gases can be compressed very tightly or expanded to fill a very large space.
- As the temperature of a gas increases, the gas particles move faster and hit the sides of their container more frequently.
- As the temperature of a gas decreases, the gas particles move more slowly and hit the sides of their container less frequently.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Plan and carry out investigations to determine the relationship of the variables: pressure, temperature, volume, and density.
- Create graphical representations of data from the investigation.
- Analyze and interpret data from the investigation.
- Communicate information collect from the investigations.
- Use safe lab procedures.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The changes in volume, pressure and temperature of a gas demonstrate a pattern that can be related mathematically.
- These relationships can be direct or indirect.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Chemistry Module: Cartesian Diver; Temperature-Volume Relationship of Gases
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
3 ) Analyze and interpret data from a simple chemical reaction or combustion reaction involving main group elements.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze data from a simple chemical reaction or combustion reaction.
- Interpret data from a simple chemical reaction or combustion reaction.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Products
- Reactants
- Reaction
- Single replacement
- Double replacement
- Synthesis
- Decomposition
- Combustion
- Chemical formula
- solutions
- Solutes
- Solvents
- Chemical reactions
- Ions
- ionic compounds
Knowledge: Students know:
- The total number of atoms of each element in the reactant and products is the same.
- The numbers and types of bonds (ionic, covalent) that each atom forms are determined by the outermost (valence) electron states and the electronegativity.
- The outermost (valence) electron state of the atoms that make up both the reactants and the products of the reaction is based on the atom's position in the periodic table.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Interpret data to determine the type of chemical reaction.
- Analyze data to determine the patterns for each type of chemical reaction.
- Balance simple chemical equations.
- Write simple binary compound formulas and names.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The fact that atoms are conserved, together with knowledge of the chemical properties of the elements involved, can be used to describe and predict chemical reactions.
- There is a causal relationship between the observable macroscopic patterns of reactivity of elements in the periodic table and the patterns of outermost electrons for each atom and its relative electronegativity.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Chemistry Module: Evidence of a Chemical Reactions
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Learning Activities: |
1 |
|
4 ) Analyze and interpret data using acid-base indicators (e.g., color-changing
markers, pH paper) to distinguish between acids and bases, including comparisons
between strong and weak acids and bases.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Patterns Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze data using acid-base indicators to distinguish between acids and bases, including comparisons between strong and weak acids and bases.
- Interpret data using acid-base indicators to distinguish between acids and bases, including comparisons between strong and weak acids and bases.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Acid
- Base
- Indicator
- pH
- Arrhenius theory
- Strong acid/base
- Weak acid/base
- Neutralization
- Titration
Knowledge: Students know:
- An acid may be strong or weak, depending on its reaction with water to produce ions.
- When an acid dissolves in water, a proton (hydrogen ion) is transferred to a water molecule and produces a hydronium ion.
- A base may be strong or weak, depending on the number of hydroxide ions readily produced in solution.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Recognize common inorganic acids including hydrochloric (muriatic) acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid, nitric acid and citric acid.
- Recognize common bases including sodium bicarbonate, and hydroxides of sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, barium and ammonium.
- Use the pH scale to measure acidity or basicity.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Acids are compounds that contain hydrogen and can dissolve in water to release hydrogen ions in solution.
- Bases are substances that dissolve in water to release hydroxide ions (OH-) into solution.
- The neutralization of an acid with a base produces water and a salt.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Chemistry Module: Using Indicators and the pH Scale
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.7: A large number of important reactions involve the transfer of either electrons (oxidation/reduction reactions) or hydrogen ions (acid/base reactions) between reacting ions, molecules, or atoms. In other chemical reactions, atoms interact with one another by sharing electrons to create a bond. An important example is carbon atoms, which can bond to one another in chains, rings, and branching networks to form, along with other kinds of atoms (hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur), a variety of structures, including synthetic polymers, oils, and the large molecules essential to life.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
5 ) Use mathematical representations to support and verify the claim that
atoms, and therefore mass, are conserved during a simple chemical reaction.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use mathematical representations to support the claim that atoms, and there for mass, are conserved during a simple chemical reaction.
- Use mathematical representations to verify the claim that atoms, and there for mass, are conserved during a simple chemical reaction.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Atoms
- Conservation
- Chemical reaction
- Mass
- Balanced chemical equation
- Reactants
- Products
- Molar mass
- Avogadro's number
- Stoichiometry
- Ion
- Molecule
- Law of conservation of mass
- Polyatomic ion
Knowledge: Students know:
- Matter can be understood in terms of the types of atoms present and the interactions both between and within them.
- Chemical reactions, which underlie so many observed phenomena in living and nonliving systems alike, conserve the number of atoms of each type but change their arrangement into molecules.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Students use the mole to convert between the atomic and macroscopic scale in the analysis.
- Given a chemical reaction, students use the mathematical representations to predict the relative number of atoms in the reactants versus the products at the atomic molecular scale.
- Given a chemical reaction, students use the mathematical representations to calculate the mass of any component of a reaction, given any other component.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- When substances react chemically with other substances to form new substances with different proporties, the atoms are combined and rearranged to form new substances, but the total number of each atom is conserved and the mass does not change.
- The property of conservation can be used to help describe and predict the outcomes of reactions.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Chemistry Module: Law of Conservation of Matter
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
3 |
Learning Activities: |
2 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
6 ) Develop models to illustrate the concept of half-life for radioactive
decay.
a. Research and communicate information about types of naturally occurring
radiation and their properties.
b. Develop arguments for and against nuclear power generation compared to
other types of power generation.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models; Engaging in Argument from Evidence; Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models; Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Matter and Its Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Research and analyze science texts for radioactivity.
- Communicate information obtained from various sources about types of naturally occurring radiation and their properties.
- Engage in argument from evidence obtained from various sources for and against nuclear power generation compared to other types of power generation.
- Develop and use a model to illustrate the concept of half-life for radioactive decay.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Atom
- Isotopes
- Protons
- Neutrons
- Electrons
- Radioactivity
- Half-life
- Radioactive decay
- Alpha particles
- Beta particles
- Positrons
- Gamma
- Fission
- Fusion
- Kinetic energy
- Electromagnetic radiation
- Emission
- Nuclear power
- Hydroelectric power
- Solar power
- Wind power
- Penetrability
- Fossil fuel combustion
- Decay series
Knowledge: Students know:
- The atom is made of protons, neutrons, electrons.
- The types of radioactive decay include alpha, beta, and gamma.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Exemplify the radioactive decay of unstable nuclei using the concept of half-life.
- Perform simple half-life calculations based on an isotope's half-life value, time of decay, and/or amount of substance.
- Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts attending to the precise details of explanations or descriptions.
- Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; trace the explanation or depiction of a complex process, phenomenon, or concept; provide an accurate summary of the text distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.
- Engage in argument from evidence.
- Communicate information.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Nuclear processes, including fusion, fission, and radioactive decays of unstable nuclei, involve release or absorption of energy.
- Half-life can be used to date the age of organic objects.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Chemistry Module: Analyzing Radiation; Half-Life Simulation
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.11: Fission and fusion are reactions involving changes in the nuclei of atoms. Fission is the splitting of a large nucleus into smaller nuclei and particles. Fusion involves joining two relatively light nuclei at extremely high temperature and pressure. Fusion is the process responsible for the energy of the Sun and other stars.
NAEP Statement:: P12.15: Nuclear reactions (fission and fusion) convert very small amounts of matter into appreciable amounts of energy.
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
7 ) Analyze and interpret data for one- and two-dimensional motion applying
basic concepts of distance, displacement, speed, velocity, and acceleration
(e.g., velocity versus time graphs, displacement versus time graphs,
acceleration versus time graphs).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Analyzing and Interpreting Data Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze (break into parts) data for one-dimensional motion applying basic concepts of distance, displacement, speed, velocity, and acceleration.
- Interpret (describe in own words) data for one-dimensional motion applying basic concepts of distance, displacement, speed, velocity, and acceleration.
- Analyze (break into parts) data for two-dimensional motion applying basic concepts of distance, displacement, speed, velocity, and acceleration.
- Interpret (describe in own words) data for two-dimensional motion applying basic concepts of distance, displacement, speed, velocity, and acceleration.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Distance
- Displacement
- Scalar
- Vector
- Speed
- Velocity
- Acceleration
- Equation of a line
- Slope
- Trend line
Knowledge: Students know:
- A body is in motion if its position changes with respect to its surroundings.
- A particle moving in a straight line undergoes one dimensional motion.
- A particle moving along a curved path in a plane has two dimensional motion.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Create graphs from sets of data points.
- Identify distance and displacement as a scalar/ vector pair.
- Identify speed and velocity as a scalar/ vector pair.
- Describe motion mathematically in terms of an object's change of position, distance traveled, and displacement.
- Apply concepts of average speed and average velocity to solve conceptual and quantitative problems.
- Explain velocity as a relationship between displacement and time. (Δd=vΔt)
- Explain acceleration as a relationship between velocity and time. (a=Δv/Δt)
- Use graphical analysis to understand conceptual trends in displacement, velocity, acceleration, and time.
- Use graphical analysis to solve for displacement, velocity, acceleration, and time.
- Calculate velocity and acceleration from displacement vs. time graphs.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Motion graphs (displacement vs. time, velocity vs. time, and acceleration vs. time) for one- and two- dimensional motion may be used to derive (conceptual and mathematical) relationships of motion.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Physics Module: Analyzing Motion Using Graphs; Run for It; Batter Up
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.17: The motion of an object can be described by its position and velocity as functions of time and by its average speed and average acceleration during intervals of time.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
8 ) Apply Newton's laws to predict the resulting motion of a system by constructing force diagrams that identify the external forces acting on the system, including friction (e.g., a book on a table, an object being pushed across a floor, an accelerating car).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Systems and System Models Disciplinary Core Idea: Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Predict the motion of a system by application of Newton's laws.
- Construct force diagrams.
- Identify external forces acting on a system.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Weight
- Mass
- Gravity
- Acceleration
- Velocity
- Terminal velocity
- Free fall
- Friction
- Static friction
- Rolling friction
- Fluid friction
- Inertia
- Force
- Balanced forces
- Unbalanced forces
- Net force
- Action-reaction pairs
- Vectors
Knowledge: Students know:
- An object will remain at rest or in uniform motion unless acted on by an outside force.
- The velocity of an object changes when it is subjected to an external force.
- Gravity's acceleration is different on different planets.
- Air resistance is responsible for terminal velocity for objects in free fall.
- The property of inertia as related to mass.
- Forces must be unbalanced for an object to change its motion.
- Friction is a force that opposes motion.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Organize data that represent the net force on an object (mass and acceleration) via tables and graphs.
- Construct force diagrams that identify all external forces acting on the system.
- Explain (conceptually and mathematically) the relationship between force, mass, and acceleration. (The greater the force on an object, the greater its change in motion but the same amount of force applied to an object with more mass will result in less acceleration.)
- Relate the difference between mass and weight. (Weight is a force dependent upon acceleration and mass is constant regardless of acceleration.)
- Calculate weight when given mass. (Fg=mg)
- Explain acceleration due to gravity as an example of uniformly changing velocity. (g=9.8 m/s2)
- Relate the presence of air resistance to the concept of terminal velocity of an object in free fall.
- Identify friction as a force that opposes motion of an object.
- Classify the frictional forces present in different situations. (Sofa resting on the floor is static friction. A box pushed across the floor is sliding friction. A ball rolling across the floor is rolling friction. A boat moving through a river is fluid friction. An object in free-fall is fluid friction.)
- Explain the property of inertia as related to mass. (An object at rest or at constant speed in a straight line will remain in that state unless acted upon by a force causing an unbalanced net force.)
- Explain balanced and unbalanced forces mathematically and graphically with respect to acceleration to establish the relationship between net force, acceleration, and mass.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The motion of a system may be predicted by applying Newton's laws of motion to force diagrams that identify all external forces acting on the system.
- Forces acting on an object affect the motion of that object.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Physics Module: Force Diagrams; Horizontal Friction
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
9 ) Use mathematical equations (e.g., (m1v1 +
m2v2) before = (m1v1 +
m2v2) after)
and diagrams to explain that the total momentum of a system of objects is conserved when there is no net external force on the system.
a. Use the laws of conservation of mechanical energy and momentum to
predict the result of one-dimensional elastic collisions.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Use mathematical equations to explain conservation of total momentum of a system of objects is conserved with no net external force.
- Use diagrams to explain conservation of total momentum of a system of objects is conserved with no net external force.
- Use laws of conservation of mechanical energy to predict the result of one-dimensional elastic collisions.
- Use laws of conservation of momentum to predict the result of one-dimensional elastic collisions.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Momentum
- Mass
- Velocity
- Elastic collisions
- Inelastic collisions
- Conservation of momentum
- Conservation of mechanical energy
- External force
Knowledge: Students know:
- An object's momentum is a relationship between its mass and velocity.
- Students know that total momentum of a system of objects is conserved in a collision when no net external forces act on the system.
- Students know that total mechanical energy of a system of objects is conserved in a one-dimensional elastic collision when no net external forces act on the system.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Define the system of the two interacting objects mathematically.
- Define the system of the two interacting objects with diagrams.
Infer how momentum is a relationship between mass and velocity of an object, ρ=mv.
- Identify and describe mathematically the momentum of each object in the system as the product of its mass and its velocity.
- Use diagrams to model, predict and describe the physical interaction (in an elastic collision) of the two objects in terms of the change in the momentum of each object as a result of the interaction.
- Use mathematical representations to model, predict and describe the physical interaction (in an elastic collision) of the two objects in terms of the change in the momentum of each object as a result of the interaction.
- Use mathematical representations to model, predict and describe the physical interaction (in an elastic collision) of the two objects in terms of the change in the mechanical energy of each object as a result of the interaction.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- If a system interacts with objects outside itself, the total momentum of the system can change; however, any such change is balanced by changes in the momentum of objects outside the system.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.21: Whenever one object exerts force on another, a force equal in magnitude and opposite in direction is exerted by the second object back on the first object. In closed systems, momentum is the quantity of motion that is conserved. Conservation of momentum can be used to help validate the relationship a=Fnet/m.
NAEP Statement:: P12.9: Energy may be transferred from one object to another during collisions.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
10 ) Construct simple series and parallel circuits containing resistors and batteries and apply Ohm's law to solve typical problems demonstrating the effect of changing values of resistors and voltages.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Developing and Using Models Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Construct simple series circuits containing resistors and batteries.
- Construct simple parallel circuits containing resistors and batteries.
- Apply Ohm's law to solve typical problems with changing values of resistors.
- Apply Ohm's law to solve typical problems with changing values of voltage.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Circuit
- Resistor
- Wire
- Battery
- Bulbs
- Capacitor
- Conductor
- Insulator
- Charge
- Amps
- Volts
- Ohms
- Multimeter
Knowledge: Students know:
- A series circuit is a closed circuit in which resistors are arranged in a chain and the current follows only one path.
- A parallel circuit is a closed in which the current divides into two or more paths before recombining to complete the circuit.
- A multimeter is a device consisting of one or more meters, as an ammeter and voltmeter, used to measure two or more electrical quantities in an electric circuit, as voltage, resistance, and current.
- Energy can be transferred from place to place by electric currents.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Construct a series circuit with resistors (bulbs) and batteries.
- Construct a parallel circuit with resistors (bulbs) and batteries.
- Use a multimeter to take data of amps, ohms and volts for the circuits.
- Use Ohm's law to verify your circuit current, resistance, and voltage amounts.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Energy released by electricity can move from place to place.
- Ohm's law formulas may be used to calculate electrical values to design circuits.and use electricity in a useful way.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Physics Module: Electrical Circuits
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
2 |
|
11 ) Design and conduct investigations to verify the law of conservation of
energy, including transformations of potential energy, kinetic energy, thermal
energy, and the effect of any work performed on or by the system.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Planning and Carrying out Investigations Crosscutting Concepts: Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Energy Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Design investigations to verify law of conservation of energy.
- Design investigations to verify the interchange between potential energy, kinetic energy, thermal energy, and work done on or by a system.
- Conduct investigations to verify the law of conservation of energy.
- Conduct investigations to verify the interchange between potential, kinetic energy, thermal energy, and work done on or by a system.
Teacher Vocabulary: - System
- Energy
- Mechanical
- Temperature
- Conduction
- Convection
- Radiation
- Friction
- Force
- Specific heat capacity
- Latent heat
- Heat of vaporization
- Law of Conservation of energy
- Transformation
- Potential energy
- Kinetic energy
- Thermal energy
- Heat
- Work
- Phase changes
Knowledge: Students know:
- Energy cannot be created or destroyed, but it can be transported from one place to another and transferred between systems.
- Properties of materials cause different materials to absorb and release energy differently.
- Conduction, convection, and radiation are methods of energy transfer.
- Energy can be conserved when there are changes in potential, kinetic, or heat energy.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Compare thermal energy, heat, and temperature.
- Compare scenarios in which work is done and explain the differences in magnitude of work done using the relationship W=FΔd
- Infer the ability of various materials to absorb or release thermal energy in order to relate mass, specific heat capacity and temperature of materials to the amount of heat transferred (q=mCΔT).
- Relate phase changes to latent heat that changes the potential energy of particles while the average kinetic energy of particles (temperature) remains the same.
- Compare conduction, convection, and radiation as methods of energy transfer.
- Exemplify the relationships between kinetic energy, potential energy, and heat to illustrate that total energy is conserved in mechanical systems such as a pendulum, roller coaster, carts/balls on ramps.
- Relate types of friction in a system to the transformation of mechanical energy to heat.
- Explain scenarios in which work is done identifying the force, displacement, and energy transfer. (When work is done on an object, the result is an increase in its energy and is accompanied by a decrease in energy elsewhere.)
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Conservation of energy means that the total change of energy in any system is always equal to the total energy transferred into or out of the system.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Physics Module: Bouncy; Ball Energy and Work; Energy and Power
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.13: The potential energy of an object on Earth's surface is increased when the object's position is changed from one closer to Earth's surface to one farther from Earth's surface.
NAEP Statement:: P12.16: Total energy is conserved in a closed system.
NAEP Statement:: P12.9: Energy may be transferred from one object to another during collisions.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
2 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
Classroom Resources: |
1 |
|
12 ) Design, build, and test the ability of a device (e.g., Rube Goldberg
devices, wind turbines, solar cells, solar ovens) to convert one form of energy
into another form of energy.*
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Constructing Explanations and Designing Solutions Crosscutting Concepts: Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Energy Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- D design a device to convert one form of energy to another.
- Build their designed device to convert one form of energy to another.
- Test their device that converts one form of energy to another.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Energy
- Force
- Machine
- Simple machine
- Complex machine
- Wedge
- Screw
- Inclined plane
- Pulley
- Wheel
- Axle
- Lever
- Work
- Conservation of energy
- Ideal mechanical advantage
- Actual mechanical advantage
- Efficiency
- Heat
- Temperature
Knowledge: Students know:
- Energy can be converted from one form to another in a designed system.
- Energy can manifest itself in many ways at the macroscopic level such as motion, sound, light and thermal energy.
- No system can be 100% efficient.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify the scientific principles that provide the basis for the energy conversion design.
- Identify the forms of energy that will be converted from one form to another in the designed system.
- Identify losses of energy by the design system to the surrounding environment.
- Describe the scientific rationale for choices made for materials and structure of their device in their design plan.
- Use results of the tests to improve the device performance by increasing the efficiency of energy conversion.
- Determine the component simple machines that make up complex machines such as categorizing a wedge and screw as a variation of an inclined plane; a pulley and wheel/ axle as a variation of a lever.
- Explain the relationship between work input and work output for simple machines using the law of conservation of energy. (W = FΔd)
- Define and determine ideal and actual mechanical advantage. (IMA = dE/dR AMA = FR/FE)
- Define and determine efficiency of machines. (Wout/Win x 100%)
- Explain why no machine can be 100% efficient.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- In designing a system for energy storage, for energy distribution, or to perform some practical task, it is important to design for maximum efficiency—thereby ensuring that the largest possible fraction of the energy is used for the desired purpose rather than being transferred out of the system in unwanted ways.
- Changes of energy and matter in a system can be described in terms of energy and matter flows into, out of, and within that system.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Physics Module: Rube Goldberg Machine
|
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
13 ) Use mathematical representations to demonstrate the relationships among
wavelength, frequency, and speed of waves (e.g., the relation v = λ f)
traveling in various media (e.g., electromagnetic radiation traveling in a
vacuum and glass, sound waves traveling through air and water, seismic waves
traveling through Earth).
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Using Mathematics and Computational Thinking Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Demonstrate the relationship between frequency (period), wavelength and speed of waves with mathematical quantities and units.
- Identify how different media change frequency (period), wavelength and speed of waves.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Wavelength
- Frequency
- Period
- Amplitude
- Velocity
- Medium
- Longitudinal wave
- Transverse wave
- Surface wave
- Mechanical
- Refraction
- Light
- Sound
- Reflection
- Diffraction
- Interference
Knowledge: Students know:
- Waves are a repeating pattern of motion that transfers energy from place to place without overall displacement of matter.
- A simple wave has a repeating pattern of specific wavelength, frequency, and amplitude.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Use mathematics and computational thinking to solve for one wave component/variable when the other two are given.
- Predict the change in a wave as it passes through different media.
- Compare and contrast longitudinal and transverse waves.
- Construct ray diagrams as light is refracted or reflected through/ from different media.
- Label the components of a wave.
- Classify waves as electromagnetic, mechanical or surface.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- The wavelength and frequency of a wave are related to one another by the speed of travel of the wave, which depends on the type of wave and the medium through which it is passing.
AMSTI Resources: ASIM Physics Module: Wave Speed PhET
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.10: Electromagnetic waves are produced by changing the motion of charges or by changing magnetic fields. The energy of electromagnetic waves is transferred to matter in packets. The energy content of the packets is directly proportional to the frequency of the electromagnetic waves.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
1 |
Lesson Plans: |
1 |
|
14 ) Propose and defend a hypothesis based on information gathered from
published materials (e.g., trade books, magazines, Internet resources, videos) for and against various claims for the safety of electromagnetic radiation.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Engaging in Argument from Evidence Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Propose and defend a hypothesis based on information from published materials for various claims for the safety of electromagnetic radiation.
- Propose and defend a hypothesis based on information from published materials against various claims against the safety of electromagnetic radiation.
- Engage in argument from evidence obtained from various sources.
- Analyze science resources.
- Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis.
- Evaluate and integrate multiple sources of information from visual, quantitative, and word formats to address questions or solve problems.
- Form a coherent understanding of electromagnetic radiation by synthesizing information from a range of sources.
- Resolve conflicting information.
- Communicate information obtained from various sources.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Electromagnetic waves
- E/M spectrum
- Visible light
- Microwaves
- Frequency
- Radio frequencies
- Video terminals
- Magnetic fields
- Internet resources
- Ionizing radiation
- Non-ionizing radiation
- Wavelength
Knowledge: Students know:
- Electromagnetic radiation (e.g., radio, microwaves, light) can be modeled as a wave pattern of changing electric and magnetic fields or, alternatively, as particles.
- Electromagnetic radiation may be ionizing or non-ionizing type. Non-ionizing type of radiation is used in common electronic devices.
- Non-ionizing type of radiation is used in common electronic devices.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Identify types of electromagnetic radiation.
- Select credible resources from the Internet and AVL for use in the argument.
- Categorize electromagnetic radiation according to safety levels for humans.
- Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts.
- Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; trace the explanation or depiction of a complex process, phenomenon, or concept; provide an accurate summary of the text distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.
- Engage in argument from evidence on the safety of electromagnetic radiation.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Non-ionizing radiation, such as those emitted in electronics, cannot cause immediate damage, but does interact with the body to potentially cause indirect damage, following long-term exposure.
- Ionizing radiation, such as X-rays and gamma rays, can be hazardous.
NAEP Framework
NAEP Statement:: P12.10: Electromagnetic waves are produced by changing the motion of charges or by changing magnetic fields. The energy of electromagnetic waves is transferred to matter in packets. The energy content of the packets is directly proportional to the frequency of the electromagnetic waves.
|
Science (2015) |
Grade(s): 9 - 12 |
Physical Science |
All Resources: |
0 |
|
15 ) Obtain and communicate information from published materials to explain how transmitting and receiving devices (e.g., cellular telephones, medical-imaging technology, solar cells, wireless Internet, scanners, Sound Navigation and Ranging [SONAR]) use the principles of wave behavior and wave interactions with matter to transmit and capture information and energy.
Unpacked Content
Scientific And Engineering Practices: Obtaining, Evaluating, and Communicating Information Crosscutting Concepts: Cause and Effect; Energy and Matter Disciplinary Core Idea: Waves and Their Applications in Technologies for Information Transfer Evidence Of Student Attainment: Students:
- Analyze science texts.
- Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis.
- Determine central ideas or conclusions of science /technical text.
- Evaluate and integrate multiple sources of information from visual, quantitative, and word formats to address questions or solve problems.
- Form a coherent understanding of a process, phenomenon, or concept by synthesizing information from a range of sources.
- Obtain information obtained from various sources showing how transmitting and receiving devices use wave behavior and interactions to transmit and capture information and energy.
- Communicate information obtained from various sources showing how transmitting and receiving devices use wave behavior and interactions to transmit and capture information and energy.
Teacher Vocabulary: - Transmit
- Receive
- Devices
- Waves
- Frequency
- Wavelength
- Amplitude
- Period
- Velocity
- Longitudinal waves (compression)
- Transverse waves
- Rarefactions
- Interference (constructive and destructive)
- Superposition
- Reflection
- Refraction
- Wave behavior
- Wave interactions
- Matter
- Capture
- Energy
Knowledge: Students know:
- Three ways that waves may interact with matter are reflection, refraction, and diffraction.
- The controlled use of waves have applications in science.
Wave types vary based on wave speed, type of material (medium) required, motion of particles, and how they are produced.
- Solar cells are human-made devices that likewise capture the sun's energy and produce electrical energy.
Photoelectric materials emit electrons when they absorb light of a high-enough frequency.
- When a light wave encounters an object, they are either transmitted, reflected, absorbed, refracted, polarized, diffracted, or scattered depending on the composition of the object and the wavelength of the light.
Skills: Students are able to:
- Cite specific textual evidence to support analysis of science and technical texts attending to the precise details of explanations or descriptions.
- Determine the central ideas or conclusions of a text; trace the explanation or depiction of a complex process, phenomenon, or concept; provide an accurate summary of the text distinct from prior knowledge or opinions.
- Communicate information.
Understanding: Students understand that:
- Multiple technologies based on the understanding of waves and their interactions with matter are part of everyday experiences in the modern world (e.g., medical imaging, communications, scanners) and in scientific research.
- Transmitting and receiving devices use the principles of wave behavior and wave interactions with matter to transmit and capture information and energy.
- Information can be digitized (e.g., a picture stored as the values of an array of pixels); in this form, it can be stored reliably in computer memory and sent over long distances as a series of wave pulses.
|